Instruction Manual: Warning

Instruction Manual
VITS100
NTSC VITS Inserter
070-8333-02
Warning
The servicing instructions are for use by qualified
personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not
perform any servicing unless you are qualified to
do so. Refer to all safety summaries prior to
performing service.
Copyright © Tektronix, Inc. All rights reserved.
Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication supercedes
that in all previously published material. Specifications and price change privileges reserved.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Tektronix, Inc., P.O. Box 1000, Wilsonville, OR 97070–1000
TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.

WARRANTY
Tektronix warrants that the products that it manufactures and sells will be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment. If a product proves defective during this warranty period, Tektronix,
at its option, either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in
exchange for the defective product.
In order to obtain service under this warranty, Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the
warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. Customer shall be responsible for
packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid.
Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the
Tektronix service center is located. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any
other charges for products returned to any other locations.
This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate
maintenance and care. Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting
from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair
damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; c) to repair any damage or malfunction
caused by the use of non-Tektronix supplies; or d) to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other
products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product.
THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TEKTRONIX’ RESPONSIBILITY TO
REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO
THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE
OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
Service Assurance
If you have not already purchased Service Assurance for this product, you may do so at any time during the product’s
warranty period. Service Assurance provides Repair Protection and Calibration Services to meet your needs.
Repair Protection extends priority repair services beyond the product’s warranty period; you may purchase up to three
years of Repair Protection.
Calibration Services provide annual calibration of your product, standards compliance and required audit documentation,
recall assurance, and reminder notification of scheduled calibration. Coverage begins upon registration; you may purchase
up to five years of Calibration Services.
Service Assurance Advantages

H Priced well below the cost of a single repair or calibration
H Avoid delays for service by eliminating the need for separate purchase authorizations from your company
H Eliminates unexpected service expenses
For Information and Ordering

For more information or to order Service Assurance, contact your Tektronix representative and provide the information
below. Service Assurance may not be available in locations outside the United States of America.
Name VISA or Master Card number and expiration
Company date or purchase order number
Address Repair Protection (1,2, or 3 years)
City, State, Postal code Calibration Services (1,2,3,4, or 5 years)
Country Instrument model and serial number
Phone Instrument purchase date
Table of Contents
General Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Service Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Getting Started
VITS Inserter Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
Accessories and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–2
Functional Check and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–3
Operating Basics
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2
Insertion Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
VITS Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
Specifications
Specification Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
Waveform Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–12
Theory of Operation
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2
Performance Verification
Incoming Inspection Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1
Verification of Tolerance Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
Verification Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3
Adjustment Procedure
Static Discharge Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2
Maintenance
Service Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1
Tektronix Service Offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–2
Static Sensitive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–2
Circuit Board Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–4
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual i

Table of Contents
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–7

Removal and Replacement Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–8
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–11
Replaceable Electrical Parts

Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1
Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1
Diagrams
A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-05 & Up) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 through -04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–23
Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–1
Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–1
Appendix
Appendix A: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–1
Option 1J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–2
Option 1M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–4
Option 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–6
Index
ii VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1–1: A setup for the functional check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–3

Figure 1–2: A typical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–5
Figure 2–1: The front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

Figure 2–2: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter rear panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2
Figure 2–3: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter source ID signal . . . . . . . 2–4
Figure 2–4: Location of VITS selection switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–6
Figure 2–5: The VITS selection DIP switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–6
Figure 2–6: The REMOTE connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
Figure 3–1: 0% Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–12

Figure 3–2: 7.5% Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–13
Figure 3–3: 50% Gray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–13
Figure 3–4: FCC Color Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–14
Figure 3–5: FCC Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–14
Figure 3–6: Multiburst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–15
Figure 3–7: Multipulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–15
Figure 3–8: NTC7 Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–16
Figure 3–9: NTC7 Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–16
Figure 3–10: Red Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–17
Figure 3–11: SIN X/X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–17
Figure 3–12: VIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–18
Figure 3–13: Cable Multiburst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–18
Figure 3–14: Cable Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–19
Figure 4–1: Inductor and switching transistor switching functions . . 4–8
Figure 5–1: VITS selection DIP switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4

Figure 5–2: Measuring VITS on a waveform/ vector monitor . . . . . . 5–6
Figure 5–3: Blanking level at 0 IRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–7
Figure 5–4: Equipment connections for phase matching . . . . . . . . . . 5–8
Figure 5–5: Using the video measurement set to measure waveform
characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–9
Figure 5–6: Setting up for pulse-to-bar measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–11
Figure 5–7: Using the video measurement set to compare signals . . . 5–12
Figure 5–8: Measuring hum rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–14
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual iii

Table of Contents
Figure 5–9: Connecting the RF bridge to the spectrum

analyzer/tracking generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–18
Figure 5–10: The initial frequency response setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–20
Figure 5–11: Frequency response display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–21
Figure 5–12: Measuring frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–22
Figure 6–1: Adjustments and test points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4

Figure 6–2: A setup for genlock adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–6
Figure 6–3: VITS selection DIP switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
Figure 6–4: Equipment connections for gain adjustments . . . . . . . . . 6–8
Figure 6–5: Equipment for setting gain adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–8
Figure 6–6: Peak-to-peak detector connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–10
Figure 6–7: Display for adjusting flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–11
Figure 6–8: Setting flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–11
Figure 7–1: Moveable plug jumpers on the inserter circuit board . . . 7–4
Figure 7–2: Mounting hardware for the inserter circuit board . . . . . 7–10
Figure 7–3: Diagnostics switch, S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–12
Figure 9–1: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671–2132–05 & Up) . . . . . . . . . 9–1

Figure 9–2: A1A1 Oven Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–4
Figure 9–3: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 –04) . . . . . . . . . . . 9–23
Figure 10–1: Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–6
Figure A–1: Option 1J Red Field signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–2

Figure A–2: Option 1J FCC Color Bar signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–3
Figure A–3: Option 1J Multipulse signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–3
Figure A–4: Video Measurement Set application for Option 1M . . . . A–5
Figure A–5: Cable Multiburst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–7
Figure A–6: Cable Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–7
iv VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table 1–1: Factory VITS, Standard and Option 1M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4

Table 1–2: Factory VITS, Option 1J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
Table 1–3: Factory VITS, Option 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
Table 2–1: Standard Factory-Programmed Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5

Table 2–2: DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–7
Table 2–3: REMOTE Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
Table 3–1: Program channel characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1

Table 3–2: Test Signal and Black Burst general characteristics . . . . 3–2
Table 3–3: Black and Gray Test Signal characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2
Table 3–4: FCC Composite characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–3
Table 3–5: FCC Color Bars characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
Table 3–6: Multiburst characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
Table 3–7: Multipulse characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
Table 3–8: NTC7 Combination characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–5
Table 3–9: NTC7 Composite characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–6
Table 3–10: Red Field characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–6
Table 3–11: SIN X/X characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
Table 3–12: Vertical Interval Reference Signal characteristics . . . . . 3–7
Table 3–13: Cable Multiburst (Option 2) characteristics . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
Table 3–14: Cable Sweep (Option 2) characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
Table 3–15: Genlock characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
Table 3–16: Power Supply characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
Table 3–17: Physical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
Table 3–18: Environmental characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–10
Table 3–19: Certifications and compliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–11
Table 5–1: Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2

Table 5–2: DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
Table 5–3: Spectrum Analyzer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–19
Table 5–4: Multiburst Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–21
Table 6–1: Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2

Table 6–2: Power Supply Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–5
Table 6–3: TSG/SPG Multiburst Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–10
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual v

Table of Contents
Table 7–1: Mode Selection Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–5

Table 7–2: Test Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–6
Table 7–3: The User Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–12
Table 9–1: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–05 & Up . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–2

Table 9–2: A1A1 Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–4
Table 9–3: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–00 through -04 . . . . . . 9–24
Table A–1: Option 1J Red Field Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–2

Table A–2: Option 1J Factory Programmed VITS Insertions . . . . . . A–4
Table A–3: Option 1M Factory Programmed VITS Insertions . . . . . A–5
Table A–4: Option 2 DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–6
Table A–5: Cable System Test Signal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–6
Table A–6: Option 2 Factory Programmed VITS Insertions . . . . . . . A–8
vi VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

General Safety Summary
Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to
this product or any products connected to it. To avoid potential hazards, use this
product only as specified.
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures.
To Avoid Fire or Use Proper Power Cord. Use only the power cord specified for this product and
Personal Injury certified for the country of use.
Ground the Product. This product is grounded through the grounding conductor
of the power cord. To avoid electric shock, the grounding conductor must be
connected to earth ground. Before making connections to the input or output
terminals of the product, ensure that the product is properly grounded.
Observe All Terminal Ratings. To avoid fire or shock hazard, observe all ratings
and markings on the product. Consult the product manual for further ratings
information before making connections to the product.
Do not apply a potential to any terminal, including the common terminal, that
exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal.
Do Not Operate Without Covers. Do not operate this product with covers or panels
removed.
Use Proper Fuse. Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product.
Avoid Exposed Circuitry. Do not touch exposed connections and components
when power is present.
Wear Eye Protection. Wear eye protection if exposure to high-intensity rays or
laser radiation exists.
Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures. If you suspect there is damage to this
product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Wet/Damp Conditions.
Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere.
Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry.
Provide Proper Ventilation. Refer to the manual’s installation instructions for
details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation.
Symbols and Terms Terms in this Manual. These terms may appear in this manual:
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual vii

General Safety Summary
WARNING. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result

in injury or loss of life.
CAUTION. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in

damage to this product or other property.
Terms on the Product. These terms may appear on the product:

DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product.
Symbols on the Product. The following symbols may appear on the product:
CAUTION WARNING Double Protective Ground Not suitable for

Refer to Manual High Voltage Insulated (Earth) Terminal connection to
the public telecom-
munications network
viii VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Service Safety Summary
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. Read this Service
Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service
procedures.
Do Not Service Alone. Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this
product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is
present.
Disconnect Power. To avoid electric shock, switch off the instrument power, then
disconnect the power cord from the mains power.
Use Care When Servicing With Power On. Dangerous voltages or currents may
exist in this product. Disconnect power, remove battery (if applicable), and
disconnect test leads before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing
components.
To avoid electric shock, do not touch exposed connections.
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual ix

Service Safety Summary
x VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Getting Started
Getting Started
The Tektronix VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter is a high quality signal generator
designed to insert VITS (Vertical Interval Test Signals) into program video. It
automatically switches to bypass mode in the event of power failure or loss of
lock to the program video.
See VITS Inserter Functions, below, for a brief explanation of what the VITS
inserter can do. See Functional Check and Installation, on page 1–3, to begin
using your new VITS inserter.
VITS Inserter Functions

You can program the VITS inserter to generate test signals and a source
identification signal and insert the signal(s) into selected lines of the vertical
interval. You can also use the VITS inserter to overwrite VITS that already exist
in program video; overwriting with a Black signal effectively deletes existing
material.
Test Signals The VITS inserter uses 12-bit data at an 8FSC data rate to ensure accurate test
signal generation. The standard VITS inserter can generate and insert the
following VITS into your choice of lines 17, 18, 19, and 20 in the even or odd
fields of NTSC video:
H NTC7 Combination
H NTC7 Composite
H FCC Multiburst
H 50% Gray
H SIN X/X
H FCC Color Bars
H FCC Composite
H Multipulse
H Vertical Interval Reference Signal (VIRS)
H Red Field
H 0% Black
H 7.5% Black
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual 1–1

Getting Started
Source ID The VITS inserter can also insert a one-line source identification code on any of
the available lines in vertical blanking. The Tektronix VM700A Video Measure-
ment Set can then use this code to identify the source of the signal it is measur-
ing.
Auto VIRS Another function of the VITS inserter is Auto VIRS. When Auto VIRS is
selected, the VITS inserter checks the specified lines and fields of the incoming
program video for a VIRS signal. If VIRS is detected, the signal is passed with
no processing; if VIRS is not detected, then the VITS inserter inserts the
internally generated VIRS signal on the specified lines and fields.
Bypass Maintaining program channel continuity is one of the main considerations in the
VITS inserter. Therefore, the VITS inserter provides rapid response to signal or
equipment failure. If there is a failure, input video is automatically routed to the
program output through circuitry that that adds delay equal to normal inserter
processing delay.
If video is present but the VITS inserter cannot genlock to it (uncorrected-time-
base video for example), then the program is passed with no VITS inserted. If
there is no video present, or if the power fails, the VITS inserter switches to the
bypass mode immediately.
When the failure is corrected, the VITS inserter passes program video through as
soon as it is present, and begins VITS insertion as soon as genlock is achieved.
Remote Control The rear-panel REMOTE connector provides limited remote control of the VITS
inserter. This is a 9-pin ground closure system to permit manual switching
between Bypass and Operate modes. In addition, the interface can drive
indicators to mimic the front-panel POWER, BYPASS, and UNLOCKED LEDs.
Accessories and Options

This instrument is shipped with the following accessories:
H This Instruction Manual
H A power cord appropriate to your local AC supply.
Optional configurations of the VITS inserter are available. See Appendix A: Op-
tions for more information.
1–2 VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Getting Started
Functional Check and Installation

It is good practice to perform a functional check of a new instrument before
installing it into your system.
Functional Check Perform the following functional check to confirm proper operation of your new
VITS inserter and to familiarize yourself with its features.
1. Unpack the instrument. If possible, save all packing materials for later
shipping or storage.
2. Connect the VITS inserter to the local AC power supply with the cord
provided with the instrument. The VITS inserter operates on any 48–62 Hz,
90–250 V supply; no switch or jumper settings are required.
3. Connect the VITS inserter to a test signal generator and waveform monitor
as shown in Figure 1–1.
4. Switch only the VITS inserter on. Confirm that, after approximately one
second, all three front panel LEDs are lit.
Waveform Monitor 75W

Terminator
VITS 100
NTSC VITS Inserter
CH A input
Program In Program Out
Test Signal Output

NTSC test signal generator
Figure 1–1: A setup for the functional check
5. Switch the test signal generator on and configure it, if necessary, to output a
signal that does not contain any VITS (if it is available, select Black Burst).
Confirm that the VITS inserter BYPASS and UNLOCKED LEDs are no
longer lit.
6. Switch the waveform monitor on and configure it to display two fields of the
VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT waveform.

Getting Started
7. While watching the waveform monitor display, repeatedly press the VITS
inserter BYPASS switch to alternate between bypass and normal operating
modes. Confirm that the appearance of the vertical interval (that is, the “gap”
between the two visible fields) changes in appearance, indicating the
alternating presence and absence of inserted VITS. The change is easiest to
see when the test signal generator is outputting a Black Burst signal.
8. Configure the waveform monitor line-select feature to view one line at a
time. Check lines 17 through 20 of fields 1 and 2 for test signals. Tables 1–1
through 1–3 list the signals generated and inserted by a new VITS100 NTSC
VITS Inserter with the as-manufactured configuration. See the Specifications
Section of this manual or Appendix A: Options for diagrams of the signal
waveforms.
Table 1–1: Factory VITS, Standard and Option 1M
Field Line Signal

1 17 NTC7 Composite
1 19 VIRS
2 17 NTC7 Combination
2 19 VIRS
Table 1–2: Factory VITS, Option 1J
Field Line Signal

1 17 FCC Composite
1 19 Color Bars (No Setup)
1 20 Sin X/X
2 17 Multiburst
2 20 Red Field (modified Luminance and Chrominance)
Table 1–3: Factory VITS, Option 2
Field Line Signal

1 17 Cable Multiburst
1 18 FCC Composite
2 17 Cable Sweep
2 18 Sin X/X

Getting Started
Installation You can mount the VITS inserter in a standard equipment rack or custom install
it. In custom installations, be sure to provide easy access to the signal-selection
DIP switches through the removeable panel in the top of the instrument. Also be
sure not to block the cooling holes in the top cover. After performing the
functional check, complete installation with the following steps:
1. If you wish, mount the VITS inserter in an existing equipment rack with one
of the following Tektronix generator mounting kits:
H TVGF11A—Single Rack Mount Adapter
H TVGF13—Dual Rack Adapter
H TVGF14—Dual Half-Rack Adapter
Please contact your nearest Tektronix representative or field office for more
information.
2. Connect the VITS inserter to your system as shown in Figure 1–2.
3. See the Operating Basics section of this manual for more information about
configuring and using the VITS inserter.
Waveform monitor or
Program line IN vector scope (optional)
Program line OUT
Figure 1–2: A typical installation

Getting Started

Operating Basics
Operating Basics
The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter can generate any one of thirteen test signals
for insertion on lines 17 through 20 in the vertical interval of the video frame. If
power fails or the instrument cannot genlock, the VITS inserter automatically
switches to bypass mode.
VITS signal selection and line assignments are made with four DIP switches that
are accessible through the top of the VITS inserter. See VITS Selection, on page
2–5, for more information.
Front Panel
The VITS inserter has one switch and three indicator LEDs on the front panel, as
shown in Figure 2–1. These features are explained in the following paragraphs.
Figure 2–1: The front panel
BYPASS Press the BYPASS button to place the VITS inserter into Relay Bypass mode. In
Switch and LED this mode, the program input is applied directly to the program output through a
delay line that matches the processing delays that affect the program channel in
normal operation. Press BYPASS a second time to return to the normal operating
mode. The red BYPASS LED is lit whenever the instrument is in bypass mode.
UNLOCKED LED The UNLOCKED indicator is lit when the VITS inserter cannot acquire or
maintain genlock to the program signal. To maintain correct timing, the VITS
inserter must genlock to the input program.
POWER LED The POWER LED indicates that the VITS inserter is switched on (through the
rear-panel POWER switch). The LED lights when the power supply has
completed its start-up process, approximately one second after you switch the
VITS inserter on.

Operating Basics
Rear Panel
The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter rear panel, shown in Figure 2–2, contains the
mains power input, switch, and fuse; the program input and output connectors;
DIP switches for source identification code selection; and a remote connector.
Figure 2–2: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter rear panel
Power The power block consists of the connector, fuse, and power switch. It is located
on the left third of the panel.
Power Connector. This instrument uses a power supply that accepts line voltages
from 90 to 250 VAC without changing voltage ranges or fuses.
Fuse. The fuse holder accepts a standard cartridge fuse. See the rear panel or the
Replaceable Electrical Parts section of this manual for the correct value.
Switch. A push-push, on-off switch; power is on when the switch is latched in the
in position, as indicated by the rear-panel graphic.
Source ID This set of two dual in-line package (DIP) switches is used to select a source
identification code. The source ID is a one-line, 16-bit word consisting of a start
and stop bit and any one of 16,384 (214) possible identification codes. The ID
can be inserted in the vertical interval (lines 17 through 20) to identify the source
of the program signal.
The source ID signal is accepted by other video equipment, such as the Tektronix
VM 700A Video Measurement Set, which can then include the source ID in
reports or printouts to identify the source of the signal being measured.
Program In The PROGRAM IN connector is the program video input. The input is AC
coupled, clamped to ground, and internally terminated in 75 W.

Operating Basics
Program Out The PROGRAM OUT connector is the program video output. Output video can
have user-selected VITS inserted on selected lines. If the instrument cannot lock
to the program input video signal, or if power fails, the program automatically
bypasses the VITS inserter processing circuitry; the input signal is then routed
through a delay line, with a delay equivalent to the processing delays of the
instrument, to PROGRAM OUT. Matching the delay eliminates timing errors
whenever the VITS inserter must enter bypass mode.
Monitor Out This connector provides the same output as the PROGRAM OUT connector,
except that the MONITOR OUT is not in the bypass signal path. This means
that —during loss of genlock or activation of the bypass mode —the monitor
output will still contain any inserted VITS. There is no output from this
connector if power is lost.
Remote Connector This 9-pin connector enables ground-closure remote control of bypass mode. In
addition, control lines that parallel the three front panel indicators (POWER,
BYPASS, and UNLOCKED) are brought out to this connector.
Insertion Options
You can configure the VITS inserter to insert test signals, pass existing video,
insert or pass VIRS, or insert a source ID on lines 17, 18, 19, and 20 of both the
even and odd fields of NTSC video.
Inserting Test Signals The standard VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter can insert the following test signals
into the vertical interval:
H FCC Color Bars H FCC Composite

H FCC Multiburst H NTC7 Combination
H NTC7 Composite H VIRS
H 7.5% Black H 0% Black
H Multipulse H SIN X/X
H Red Field H 50% Gray
You can find descriptions of these waveforms in the Specifications section of this
manual. If your instrument contains Option 1J, Option 1M, or Option 2, see
Appendix A: Options for descriptions of the optional signals.

Operating Basics
Passing Program Video In addition to internally generated test signals, the VITS inserter can pass video
signals that are already in the vertical interval of the program video. This
includes the delete/insert lines, which are lines 17 through 20 in all fields.
Auto VIRS When AUTO VIRS is selected, the instrument automatically checks the assigned
line and field of the incoming video for a VIRS signal. If VIRS is detected, the
line is passed with no processing. If VIRS is not detected, the internally
generated VIRS signal is inserted onto the line.
Inserting a Source ID Source identification can be inserted on any of the available vertical interval
lines. The “Source ID” consists of sixteen equal-duration flags that can be set
high or low with the rear-panel SOURCE ID switches. Source ID is set by the
user to provide a visual identification of the signal path. Some equipment, such
as the Tektronix VM700A Video Measurement Set, can use this signal to
generate an alpha-numeric ID on the screen display or on printed reports. Figure
2–3 shows the waveform of a source identification code that is generated when
all switch segments are set ON.
Source Identification
Switches all on
(S/N 8020244 and below)

0.5
(S/N 8020245 and up)
Volts
0.0
0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0

MicroSeconds
Figure 2–3: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter source ID signal

Operating Basics
Factory Configuration The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter is configured during manufacture to insert
the signals listed in Table 2–1. See VITS Selection, below, for instructions on
configuring the VITS inserter to insert the signals that best suit your applications
and facility.
Table 2–1: Standard Factory-Programmed Signals
Field Line Signal

1 17 NTC7 Composite signal
1 18 Pass*
1 19 VIRS
1 20 Pass*
2 17 NTC7 Combination signal
2 18 Pass*
2 19 VIRS
2 20 Pass*
* Passed lines are not deleted or inserted by the VITS 100 NTSC VITS Inserter
VITS Selection
VITS signal selection for the individual vertical interval lines is made with four
DIP switches (S1–S4) mounted on the VITS inserter circuit board. Remove the
small panel from the top cover of the VITS inserter, as shown in Figure 2–4, to
gain access to these switches.

Operating Basics
Screws (2)
Cover
Figure 2–4: Location of VITS selection switches
Switch/Line Assignments Switches S1 and S2 make the selections for fields 1 and 3, and switches S3 and
S4 make the selections for fields 2 and 4. Each DIP switch selects the test signals
for two of the vertical interval lines, as shown in Figure 2–5.
Program color fields Program color fields

1 and 3 2 and 4
Line 17
Line 19
Line 17
Line 19
Line 18
Line 20
Line 18
Line 20
S1 S2 S3 S4
Figure 2–5: The VITS selection DIP switches

Operating Basics
Switch Settings The switch settings for signal selection are listed in Table 2–2. When a switch
segment is thrown to the left (as viewed from the front of the VITS inserter), it is
open; when thrown to the right, it is closed. Open positions are denoted in the
table as 1, and closed are denoted as 0.
Table 2–2: DIP Switch Settings
VITS inserter Action DIP Segment Settings*

1 (5) 2 (6) 3 (7) 4 (8)
Insert Test Signal: 0 1 1 0
0% Black (two settings)
se s
1 0 0 1
7.5% Black 1 1 1 0
50% Gray 1 1 0 1
FCC Color Bars 0 0 0 0
FCC Composite 1 0 0 0
Multiburst 0 1 0 1
Multipulse 0 1 0 0
NTC 7 Composite 1 0 1 0
NTC 7 Combination 0 0 0 1
Red Field 1 1 0 0
SIN X/X 0 0 1 0
VIRS 1 0 1 1
Pass Program Video 1 1 1 1
Auto VIRS 0 0 1 1
Insert Source ID 0 1 1 1
* 1 signifies an OPEN switch; 0 signifies a closed switch

Operating Basics
Remote Control
Remote control in the standard VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter is limited to
ground-closure Bypass control and (+5 V) outputs for remote BYPASS,
UNLOCKED, and POWER indicator lights. See Figure 2–6 and Table 2–3 for
the rear-panel REMOTE connector pin assignments.
5 REMOTE 1
9 6
VITS Inserter
Figure 2–6: The REMOTE connector
Table 2–3: REMOTE Connector Pin Assignments
Function Pins
Ground 1, 5
Force Bypass 6
BYPASS Indicator 2
UNLOCKED Indicator 7
POWER Indicator 3
To duplicate the function of the front panel at a remote location, run a cable from
REMOTE pins 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 to an SPST switch and three indicator LEDs.
H Connect the switch between pins 1 and 6.
H Connect the Bypass indicator between pins 2 and 5.
H Connect the Unlocked indicator between pins 7 and 5.
H Connect the Power indicator between pins 3 and 5.
Close the switch to force the VITS inserter into bypass mode; the LEDs light
with the corresponding front-panel indicators.

Specifications
Specifications
This section contains tables that list the specifications for the VITS100 NTSC
VITS Inserter. All specifications are guaranteed unless noted “typical.”
The performance limits in this specification are valid with these conditions:
H The VITS inserter must have been calibrated/adjusted at an ambient
temperature between +20_ C and +30_ C.
H The VITS inserter must be in an environment with temperature, altitude,
humidity, and vibration within the operating limits described in these
specifications.
H The VITS inserter must have had a warm-up period of at least 20 minutes.
Specification Tables
Table 3–1: Program channel characteristics
Characteristic Information
Gain Unity ± 1%
Frequency Response ±1% to 5.5 MHz
±3% to 10 MHz
Chrominance-to-Luminance Gain ±0.5%
Chrominance-to-Luminance Delay ≤5 ns
Diff Phase ≤0.2°
Diff Gain ≤0.2%
Line Tilt ≤0.5%
DC Output Level 0 V ±10 mV
DC Matching of Inserted Test Signal to ±3 mV
Program Signal
Phase Match (Relay Bypass Path to Signal ±1° at FSC
Processing Path)
Hum Rejection 50 dB (Measured right after burst)
Keyboard (No Noise) Too small to measure on VM700A
Insertion Transients ≤10 mV (Measured on Tektronix 1780R. Typically <5 mV)
Input Impedance 75 W
Return Loss 36 dB to 5 MHz (Program In, Program Out, and Monitor Out)

Specifications
Table 3–1: Program channel characteristics (Cont.)
Phase Matching of Inserted Test Signal to ±1° (Program Sync and Burst Normal Level)
Program Video
Pulse to Bar Ratio 100%±0.5% (Typically within ±0.25%)
Signal to Noise Ratio >70 dB (Unweighted Filter at 5 MHz. Measured 91 dB on VM700A, relative to reference)
Table 3–2: Test Signal and Black Burst general characteristics
Frequency Response ±1% to 5 MHz
±5% to 10 MHz
Luminance Amplitude Accuracy ±1%
Chrominance-to-Luminance Gain ±0.5%
Chrominance-to-Luminance Delay ≤5 ns
Diff Phase ≤0.3°
Diff Gain ≤0.3%
Line Tilt ±0.5%
Output Impedance 75 W
Signal to Noise Ratio >78 dB (Measured on a VM700A with an unweighted 5 MHz lowpass filter.)
Spurious Signals (5 MHz 50 MHz) >55 dB down
Pulse to Bar Ratio 100% ±0.5%
K Factor (K2T) 0.3% (Typically 0.2%)
Crosstalk ≥60 dB down
DC Offset 0 V DC ±10 mV
SCH Phase Accuracy 0 ±5° (< ±2.5° typical)
Luminance Rise Time 140 ns ±20 ns
Chrominance Rise Time 300 ns ±35 ns
Table 3–3: Black and Gray Test Signal characteristics
Signal Information
0% Black 0 IRE Luminance with sync and burst; see Figure 3–1.
7.5% Black 7.5 IRE Luminance with sync and burst; see Figure 3–2.
50% Gray 50 IRE Luminance with sync and burst; see Figure 3–3.

Specifications
Table 3–4: FCC Composite characteristics
Timing See Figure 3–5
Modulated 5-step Staircase
Luminance
Amplitude 80.4 IRE ±0.7 IRE
Riser Amplitude 1/5 of 5-step amplitude ±0.5%
Rise Time 250 ns ±25 ns
Chrominance
Phase Same as burst ±0.3°
Envelope Risetime 375 ns ±37.5 ns
2T Pulse
Pulse-to-Bar Ratio 100% ±0.5%
Half Amplitude Duration (HAD) 250 ns ±25 ns
Ringing 1.0 IRE or less
Modulated SIN2 Pulse
Pulse-to-Bar Peak Amplitude 100%
Half Amplitude Duration 1.563 ms ±150 ns
Phase 60.8° ±1°
Bar
Amplitude 100 IRE ±1 IRE

Specifications
Table 3–5: FCC Color Bars characteristics
Luminance Rise Time 250 ns ±25 ns
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
Bar Characteristics:
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
White Yellow Cyan Green Magenta Red Blue Black
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Luminance Amplitude (mV p-p) 714.3 494.3 400.7 345.7 256.0 202.1 107.8 53.5
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Subcarrier Amplitude (mV p-p) 0.0 444.2 630.1 588.5 588.5 630.1 444.2 0.0
Subcarrier Phase (degrees) 0.0 167.1 283.4 240.8 60.8 103.4 347.1 0.0
Table 3–6: Multiburst characteristics
White Reference Bar Amplitude 100 IRE
Packet Amplitudes 60 IRE p-p
Pedestal 40 IRE
Burst Frequencies 500 kHz, 1.25 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.58 MHz, 4.1 MHz
Packet Rise Time
500 kHz 140 ns typical (sin2 shaped packets)
Other Packets 400 ns typical (sin2 shaped packets)
Table 3–7: Multipulse characteristics
Amplitudes 80 IRE
Frequencies 1.0 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.58 MHz, and 4.2 MHz

Specifications
Table 3–8: NTC7 Combination characteristics
White Reference Bar
Amplitude 100 IRE ±0.7 IRE
Multiburst Packets
Amplitude 50 IRE ±0.5 IRE p-p
Average Level 50 IRE ±0.5 IRE
Frequencies 500 kHz, 1.0 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.58 MHz, 4.2 MHz
Packet Rise Time
500 kHz and 1.0 MHz 140 ns typical (sin2 shaped packets)
Other Frequencies 400 ns typical (sin2 shaped packets)
Modulated Pedestal
Pedestal
Amplitude 50 IRE ±0.5 IRE
Chrominance
Amplitude
20 IRE 20.01 IRE ±0.5 IRE
40 IRE 40.02 IRE ±0.5 IRE
80 IRE 80.04 IRE± .5 IRE
Phase relative to burst 90° ±0.5°

Specifications
Table 3–9: NTC7 Composite characteristics
Modulated 5-step Staircase
Luminance
Amplitude 90.2 IRE ±0.7 IRE
Riser Amplitude 1/5 of 5-step amplitude ±0.5%
Chrominance
Envelope Risetime 400 ns ±40 ns
2T Pulse
Pulse-to-Bar Ratio 100% ±0.5%
Half Amplitude Duration (HAD) 250 ns ±25 ns
Ringing 1.0 IRE or less
Modulated SIN2 Pulse
Pulse-to-Bar Peak Amplitude 100%
Half Amplitude Duration 1.563 ms ±150 ns
Phase 60.8° ±1°
Bar
Amplitude 100 IRE ±1 IRE
Table 3–10: Red Field characteristics
Luminance
Amplitude, Standard 202.2 mV ±1%
Amplitude, Option 1J 160.72 mV ±1%
Chrominance
Amplitude, Standard 630.1 mV ±1%
Amplitude, Option 1J 681.23 mV ±1%
Phase 103.4° ±0.3°

Specifications
Table 3–11: SIN X/X characteristics
Bandwidth 4.75 MHz
Pedestal 24 IRE
Peak 90 IRE (Peak amplitude from pedestal )
Table 3–12: Vertical Interval Reference Signal characteristics
Chrominance Reference
Amplitude 40 IRE
Envelope Rise Time 1 ms ±100 ns (sin2 shaped)
Average Chrominance Level 70 IRE
Luminance Reference
50 IRE Level 50 IRE
Black Reference 7.5 IRE
Table 3–13: Cable Multiburst (Option 2) characteristics
Packet Amplitudes 60 IRE
Pedestal Amplitudes 30 IRE
Burst Frequencies 500 kHz, 1.25 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.75 MHz, 4.0 MHz
Packet Rise Time
500 kHz Packet 140 ns typical (sin2 shaped packets)

Specifications
Table 3–14: Cable Sweep (Option 2) characteristics
Pedestal Amplitude 50 IRE
Sweep Amplitude 100 IRE
Sweep Start Frequency 0.1 MHz
Sweep End Frequency 4.2 MHz
Table 3–15: Genlock characteristics
Burst Lock
Genlock Phase Change with Input ≤2° burst phase change for input sync or burst amplitude range of 287mV ±3 dB
Amplitude
≤4° burst phase change for amplitude range of 287mV ±6 dB
(For either composite video or burst amplitude errors)
Genlock Phase Change with Input ≤1° burst phase change over 10% to 90% APL
Signal APL
Genlock Phase Change with Input ≤1° burst phase change for ±20 Hz change in incoming subcarrier
Signal Burst Frequency
Lock Range
Frequency, Standard 3.579545 MHz ±20 Hz (NTSC)
Fequency, Option 1M 3.575611 MHz ±20 Hz (PAL-M)
Amplitude +6 dB to –12 dB (Typically to –16 dB NTSC; –14 dB PAL-M)
Genlock Phase Jitter with Input Amplitude Typically ≤0.2° peak for input sync or burst amplitude range of 287 mV ±3dB; no noise
Change on input signal
Typically ≤0.4° peak for input amplitude range of 287 mV ±6 dB; no noise on input signal
Sync Lock Jitter ≤10 ns for input sync amplitude range of 287 mV ±3 dB (No noise on input signal)
Noise Performance Locks to 28 dB S/N Ratio Video

Specifications
Table 3–16: Power Supply characteristics
Output Voltages +5 V ±200 mV from 1A to 3 A (voltage adjustable)
–5.2 V ±300 mV from 0.5 A to 1 A
±12 V ±120 mV from 0.05 A to 0.2 A (post regulated from ±14.5 V by linear regulators)
Output Ripple
+5 V ≤50 mV switching ripple,
≤5 mV line frequency ripple
–5.2 V ≤50 mV switching ripple,
±12 V ≤10 mV switching ripple,
Line Input Range Regulates from 90 to 250 VAC
Minimum Load 10 W minimum load required to operate. However, output voltages other than +5 V may
not meet specifications outside the listed currents. At zero load the power supply cycles
on and off
Power Consumption 40–50 W.
Overvoltage Protection The 5 V output is protected by a crowbar circuit that engages at approximately 5.7 V.
Overvoltage protection causes the power supply to cycle by engaging the primary side
current limit time-out circuit
Power 70 W maximum controlled by primary side current limit circuits. Power supply cycles on
and off when power limit is reached
Short-Circuit Protection All outputs are protected by the primary side current limit and time-out circuits. In
addition, the ±12 V outputs are limited to 1 A by the linear regulators
Efficiency 70% nominal
Fan Drive 15 V to 16.5 V, as determined by supply load
Table 3–17: Physical characteristics
Height 1.734 in (4.404 cm)
Width 8.1 in (20.6 cm)
Length 17.2 in (43.7 cm)
Weight
Net 4.7 lbs (2.1 kg)
Shipping 16.7 lbs (7.6 kg)

Specifications
Table 3–18: Environmental characteristics
Temperature
Non-Operating –40° to +65° C (–40° to +149° F)
Operating 0° to +50° C (32° to 122° F)
Altitude
Non-Operating To 50,000 ft (15,240 m)
Operating To 15,000 ft (4,572 m)
Vibration (Operating) Fifteen minutes each axis at 0.025 inch, frequency varied from 10-55-10 Hz in 4-minute
cycles with the instrument secured to the vibration platform; ten minutes each axis at any
resonant point, or at 55 Hz.
Shock 50 G, 1/2 sine, 11 ms duration, three guillotine shocks per side
Transportation Qualified under NTSB Test Procedure 1A, Category II (36-inch drop)

Specifications
Table 3–19: Certifications and compliances
Category Standards or description

EC Declaration of Conformity – Meets intent of Directive 89/336/EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility. Compliance was
EMC demonstrated to the following specifications as listed in the Official Journal of the European Union:
EN 50081-1 Emissions:
EN 55022 Class B Radiated and Conducted Emissions
EN 50082-1 Immunity:
IEC 801-2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
IEC 801-3 RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity
IEC 801-4 Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
Australia/New Zealand Complies with EMC provision of Radiocommunications Act per the following standard(s):
Declaration of Conformity – EMC
AS/NZS 2064.1/2 Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Equipment: 1992
AS/NZS 3548 Information Technology Equipment: 1995
EMC Compliance Meets the intent of Directive 89/336/EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility when it is used with the
product(s) stated in the specifications table. Refer to the EMC specification published for the stated
products. May not meet the intent of the directive if used with other products.
FCC Compliance Emissions comply with FCC Code of Federal Regulations 47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class A Limits.
Installation (Overvoltage) Terminals on this product may have different installation (overvoltage) category designations. The
Category installation categories are:
CAT III Distribution-level mains (usually permanently connected). Equipment at this level is
typically in a fixed industrial location.
CAT II Local-level mains (wall sockets). Equipment at this level includes appliances, portable
tools, and similar products. Equipment is usually cord-connected.
CAT I Secondary (signal level) or battery operated circuits of electronic equipment.
Pollution Degree A measure of the contaminates that could occur in the environment around and within a product.
Typically the internal environment inside a product is considered to be the same as the external.
Products should be used only in the environment for which they are rated.
Pollution Degree 2 Normally only dry, nonconductive pollution occurs. Occasionally a
temporary conductivity that is caused by condensation must be
expected. This location is a typical office/home environment.
Temporary condensation occurs only when the product is out of
service.
Safety Standards
U.S. Nationally Recognized UL1244 Standard for electrical and electronic measuring and test equipment.
Testing Laboratory Listing
Canadian Certification CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 231 CSA safety requirements for electrical and electronic measuring and
test equipment.
European Union Compliance Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, amended by 93/69/EEC
EN 61010-1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.

Specifications
Table 3–19: Certifications and compliances (Cont.)
Category Standards or description

Additional Compliance IEC61010-1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.
Safety Certification Compliance
Temperature, operating +5 to +40_ C
Altitude (maximum 2000 meters
operating)
Equipment Type Test and measuring
Safety Class Class 1 (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex H) – grounded product
Overvoltage Category Overvoltage Category II (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex J)
Pollution Degree Pollution Degree 2 (as defined in IEC 1010-1). Note: Rated for indoor use only.
Waveform Diagrams
The diagrams in Figures 3–1 through 3–14 contain timing information for the
various test signals generated by the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter and
described in Tables 3–3 through 3–14.
Figure 3–1: 0% Black

Specifications
Figure 3–2: 7.5% Black
Figure 3–3: 50% Gray

Specifications
Figure 3–4: FCC Color Bars
Figure 3–5: FCC Composite

Specifications
Figure 3–6: Multiburst
Figure 3–7: Multipulse

Specifications
Figure 3–8: NTC7 Combination
Figure 3–9: NTC7 Composite

Specifications
Figure 3–10: Red Field
Figure 3–11: SIN X/X

Specifications
Figure 3–12: VIRS
Figure 3–13: Cable Multiburst

Specifications
Figure 3–14: Cable Sweep

Specifications

WARNING
The following servicing instructions are for use only by qualified personnel. To
avoid injury, do not perform any servicing other than that stated in the operating
instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer to all Safety Summaries before
performing any service.
Theory of Operation
Theory of Operation
This section of the manual begins with a functional description of the circuitry.
This brief discussion is followed by a more detailed set of circuit descriptions
that take you to the individual component level of the schematic diagrams.
Functional Description
Program In. The program input is buffered and clamped. The clamped program
video drives the Sync Stripper that strips off composite sync and generates the
backporch timing for the Clamp.
Genlock. The genlock calculates the SCH phase of the incoming video to
determine the correct color framing. A phase-locked loop is used to control a
voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO). When the VITS inserter is genlocked, a
frame reset pulse is generated to align the test signal counters with genlock
counters.
Test Signal Generation. The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter can insert four lines
on odd and even fields. Signals are selected with four DIP switches on the main
circuit board. The lines from the switches are multiplexed and form one of the
inputs to the Test Signal Generator.
Test signals are generated by clocking data from PROMs to a digital-to-analog
converter (DAC) at an 8FSC rate. The output of this DAC is filtered and buffered
before driving the VITS Inserter.
Program Out. The VITS inserter video signal output can be from any of three
sources: clamped video through the instrument, VITS signals inserted on one of
the four VITS lines, or the bypassed program line. The bypassed program line
has a built-in delay line to maintain the precise time relationship between the
processed and bypassed video.
Remote Control. Remote control is limited to ground-closure bypass control and

the power, unlocked, and bypass indicator lines.
Power Supply. The power supply, located on the Inserter board, is a current-mode
controlled, discontinuous, flyback, switching power supply. The current output is
distributed among the four supplies.

Theory of Operation
The power inductor is driven by switching the voltage to its primary winding on
and off at a rate of approximately 45 kHz. The power inductor is used as an
energy storage device. Energy is stored in the primary during the first half of the
switching cycle. On the second half of the switching cycle, the stored energy is
transferred to the secondaries.
Regulation is accomplished through feedback from the +5 V supply to the Pulse
Width Modulator that controls the primary voltage. The Pulse Width Modulator
varies the length of time that voltage is applied to the primary changing the
amount of stored energy.
All primary voltages are referenced to a floating ground, not chassis ground. An
isolation transformer or a differential amplifier is therefore required for trouble-
shooting the circuitry in the primary and the Pulse Width Modulator.
Circuit Description
The following circuit description takes you down to the component level.
Because of the arrangement of circuits on the schematic diagrams, most of the
functional headings cover circuits that appear on more than one schematic
diagram.
In this discussion active-low signals are denoted by overbars (like this). Signal
names are in lower case and enclosed in quotation marks (“like this”).
Test Signal Generation The circuitry that generates the test signals for insertion appears on three of the
schematic diagrams located in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key
circuitry is located on diagrams 1 (Test Signal Memory), 3 (H & V Counters,
Source Identification & Bypass Controls), and 7 (Analog Output).
Diagram 3. Test signal generation starts with a 4FSC clock that clocks the
Horizontal Counter, U28, to provide 910 counts per line of video. In addition,
this counter decodes the backporch clamp pulse, for the test signal. The output of
the Horizontal Counter drives a Horizontal Decoder PROM, U27, to provide
timing signals for various functions. The Horizontal Counter is reset by the
frame pulse, from the genlock circuitry in order to time the test signals to
program video.
A once-per-line pulse from the Horizontal Decoder PROM (pin 14) enables the
Vertical Counter, U24. This synchronous output of the Vertical Counter drives
the Vertical Decoder PROM, U25. Output of U25 is latched twice per line by
U26, which is clocked by the “vlatch” from U27 (pin 16).
Diagram 1. Test signal data is stored in PROMs U4, U5, and U6. U4 and U5 store
the eight MSBs of alternate data samples. U6 stores the four LSBs for all data

Theory of Operation
samples. The outputs of U4 and U5 are multiplexed by U82 and U83 to increase
the data rate from 4 FSC to 8 FSC. The outputs of U82 and U83 are latched by U1
before being converted to ECL levels. U9 and U10 are the level converters for
the DAC, U65, which is located on Diagram 7. The four LSBs are latched by U3
and then selected by a multiplexer, U7 before being converted to ECL levels by
U11.
Test signal data is stored in U4, U5, and U6 in blocks of eight. The blocks of
data are addressed by the Block PROM, U13, and two test signal select lines.
When the test signal select circuitry calls for a given test signal, the Block
PROM uses V1 to determine the correct phase of subcarrier, uses “halfline” to
determine when to generate a half line, and uses the seven MSBs of horizontal
count to select the appropriate blocks of data.
Diagram 7. The U65 is a 12-bit DAC that turns the data into analog voltage levels
at an 8 FSC rate. A one-volt reference is generated for the DAC by U84. The
analog output signal is filtered by a 7-pole filter, L12, L13, and L14, with T2
functioning as a second order group delay correction.
The signal is AC coupled to a buffer, U67, and clamped to remove any DC level
change with temperature. This allows the test signal DC level to match the
Program Video DC level very accurately.
This video buffer drives the Channel Switch, U64, which switches between
Program Video and VITS. The output of Channel Switch drives the MONITOR
OUT and the Program Output.
K2 controls the signal to the PROGRAM OUT. It switches the PROGRAM IN
through a delay line, L7, L3, and C52 to the PROGRAM OUT when the power
shuts off or when the front-panel RELAY BYPASS button is pushed. The delay
line in this bypass mode matches the time it takes for the video to travel through
the processing circuitry.
Genlock The circuitry that genlocks to the incoming program signal appears on three of
the schematic diagrams in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is
located on diagrams 4 (Genlock), 5 (Program Input, Sync Stripper, VIRS
Detection, & Genlock A/D Input), and 6 (Clocks).
Diagram 5. U42 buffers and clamps the program input signal The output of U42
also drives the Sync Stripper, U44. U44 strips off the composite sync and
generates the backporch timing pulse used by the clamps.
Composite sync and the backporch timing are shifted to TTL levels by Q1, Q3,
VR1, and VR2. Their outputs are gated together by U57A and U57B to produce
the clamp pulse for U42.

Theory of Operation
The Input Buffer, U42, also drives the genlock analog-to-digital converter
(ADC), U43. The ADC also has AGC and is clamped with “synctip” and
“backporch” signals, which provide the timing.
The clamped and AGC’d video is then routed through an anti-aliasing filter (L1,
C19, C20, and C21), and then reinput to the ADC where it is digitized. The
digital output is input to a PAL, U41. where it is inverted and latched. The signal
“sis_tm” from the genlock ASIC, on diagram 4, holds the same sample across
the bottom of sync to block Sound-in-Sync pulses from upsetting the genlock
circuitry.
Diagram 4. The output data from the PAL on diagram 3 is input to the Genlock
ASIC, U29, which has RAM, counters, decoders, and the other genlocking
circuitry. Composite sync is routed to the genlock ASIC through a PAL, U70.
The genlock ASIC uses the composite sync to roughly position the horizontal
and vertical counters.
The Genlock Processor, U35, is an 8 MHz Z80 that calculates the SCH of the
incoming video in order to determine the correct color framing. The processor
uses the digitized color subcarrier burst to determine the tangent of the phase
angle between the system clock and the burst. This tangent is used to look up the
arctangent (that is, the angle itself), which is stored in a PROM, U33. The angle
is used as a correction to the system clock, on diagram 6, to form a phase-locked
loop.
Diagram 6. The correction is an 8-bit word which is sent to DAC, U59. The
output of the DAC is integrated by an operational amplifier, U61A and C46. U60
is an analog switch that is used to short the integrator when searching for
genlock and to change the loop characteristics once lock is securely acquired.
The processor also increases loop gain once lock has been acquired and enables
the Genlock ASIC to output a frame reset pulse to align the test signal counters
with the genlock counters.
Y39 is the clock for the genlock processor (NOT the system clock). U31 is a
hardware watchdog that resets the processor if it fails to receive an “awake”
signal from the processor within the right amount of time. U38 latches control
signals “glk/int” and “acq/hold” for U60, an analog switch, and the signal
“locked” to signify that genlock has been achieved. Counter/Timer U30 is used
to distinguish between even and odd fields of video.
Genlock sub-clock cycle timing can be adjusted up to 90d with S7. The VITS
signals are timed to program video input at the factory and should not need
adjustment.
S8 is a diagnostics switch; see the Maintenance section for details.

Theory of Operation
Signal and Switching The circuitry that controls signal switching appears on three of the schematic
Control diagrams in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located on
diagrams 1 (Test Signal Memory), 2 (Test Signal Select), and 5 (Program Input,
Sync Stripper, VIRS Detection, & Genlock A/D Input).
Diagram 2. Signal selection is accomplished with four dual in-line package (DIP)
switches, S1, S2, S3, and S4. The lines from the switches are multiplexed by
U18, U19, U20, and U21
to select the appropriate switch segments at the correct time (S1 segments 1
through 4 during line 17 odd fields, for example).
The multiplexing is controlled by two bits from the Vertical Decoder and the
field signal from the Vertical Counters on diagram 3. Two PALs, U16 and U17,
located on diagram 1, decode control signals and latch the signal selections. U16
latches the bits to the test signal PROMs, and decodes when the source ID signal
is requested. Signals “vdrive” and “vsync” force the generation of vertical sync.
Diagram 5. U17, on diagram 1, decodes when Auto VIRS has been requested. It
enables the circuitry that compares program video to the VIRS test signal to
determine if VIRS is present on program video. U46 is an operational amplifier
that subtracts low-pass filtered program video from filtered test signals and
drives U47A and U47B, a window comparator.
If the program signal and the test signal match closely enough, the comparator
output remains high and the output of an OR gate, U48A, remains high; a one
shot, U71B, is not triggered. The OR gate can only trigger the one shot when
U17, on diagram 1, determines that Auto VIRS has been requested and drives
“virsamp” low. The signal “virpres” from U71B returns to U17, on diagram 1,
and “ccvirs” from U17 is sent to U14 to control insertion.
Diagram 1. U17 also decodes “dvdrive” and “dvsync” which are delayed from
“vdrive” and “vsync” by a half line and therefore are timed with the actual test
signals that are generated.
U14 takes the information from U16 and U17, “chswt” (the insertion timing
signal), and other timing signals; it then determines two control signals for the
program channel switch, “sw0” and “sw1,” and one signal to choose between
source ID generation and test signal generation, “ts/char.”
Source ID Generation The circuitry that controls source ID generation appears on two of the schematic
diagrams in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located on
diagrams 1 (Test Signal Memory) and 3 (H & V Counters, Source Identification
& Bypass Controls).

Theory of Operation
Diagram 1. U12 and U15 form a state machine to generate the data for shaped
pulse edges. When U15 sees a low-to-high transition, it counts up to six and
stops. When U15 sees a high-to-low transition it counts back to zero and stops.
This count goes to U12, where it is decoded into the data used to produce rising
and falling shaped edges out of the DAC, U65 on schematic 6.
When source ID pulses are called for, the outputs of the Test Signal Data Latch,
U1, become high impedances, and the outputs of U12 are enabled.
The source identification signal is one line of video with up to sixteen pulses on
it that can be recognized by a Tektronix VM 700A Video Measurement Set. The
VM 700A expects a start and a stop bit, but the other 14 bits (pulses) can be used
to identify up to 16,384 sources.
Diagram 3. The 16 bits can be set or cleared by two sets of DIP switches, S5 and
S6, accessible through the rear panel of the instrument. The 16 bits are loaded
into two shift registers, U22 and U23, once every line by a signal decoded from
the Horizontal Counters. The bits are then shifted out by “idclock,” a clock that
is decoded from the Horizontal Counters.
Diagram 1. The serialized ID bits go to U15 where they are gated with
“idclock” and latched by the 8 FSC clock. If Source ID is chosen for a certain
line, U16 activates “iden,” which causes the state machine in U15 to be
controlled by the latched ID signal.
Remote Control The circuitry that controls signal switching appears on one of the schematic
diagrams located in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located
on diagram 3 (H & V Counters, Source Identification & Bypass Controls).
Diagram 3. REMOTE, through J27, is limited to a ground closure bypass control

signal and three indicator lines: “power,” “unlocked,” and “bypass.” U70, a PAL,
gates the remote bypass line, “rembypass,” with the “locked” line from the
genlock circuitry to control the bypass relay.
Power Supply The power supply circuitry appears on two of the schematic diagrams in the
Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located on diagram 8 (Power
Supply) and diagram 9 (Regulator & Decoupling Caps).
Diagram 8. The line current passes through line filter LF1, fuse F1, and power
switch S10, and is applied to full-wave bridge rectifier CR12. Two of the diodes
within CR12 conduct on each half cycle of the AC input, causing charge to build
up on C110. The voltage on C110 will vary anywhere from 120 VDC at low-line
(90 VAC) to 350 VDC at high-line, (250 VAC). R157 discharges C110 when
power is turned off.

Theory of Operation
RT1is a thermistor that limits inrush current on power-up. RV1 is metal-oxide-

varistor that clips any high voltage spikes on the AC line before they get to the
switching circuits. DS4 is part of a relaxation oscillator that blinks when the
instrument is powered up. L17 and C96 form a low-pass filter to keep noise,
developed by the power supply, from getting onto C110 and out to the mains
supply. C85 and C86 also attenuate internal noise.
When the instrument is first turned on, C113 charges through R154. When the
charge across C113 reaches approximately 16 V, Pulse Width Modulator U78
begins to switch Q16 on and off through the emitter drive circuitry (Q17, CR22,
CR21, etc.). The power to maintain the +16 V charge, on C113, comes from the
housekeeping winding of T1 through CR9.
If there is insufficient power to maintain the charge on C113, the charge on C115
is quickly depleted. U78 stops oscillating when the voltage on C115 drops to
approximately 10 V. When U78 quits oscillating, C113 slowly charges through
R154 to begin the kick-start sequence again.
Jumper P17 may be used as a troubleshooting jumper. When it is removed, the
housekeeping winding will be disabled and the power supply will start to come
up and quickly shut down as charge drains from C113.
Inductor T1 is initially uncharged (zero magnetic flux and no current in the
primary winding). Q16 and Q17 form a switch that is turned on by the drive
pulse from U78. When the switch turns on, the voltage developed on C110 is
applied across the primary winding. See Figure 4–1.
The polarity of this voltage induces secondary voltages that reverse-bias the
rectifier diodes, and no current flows in the secondaries while current is flowing
in the primary. The primary current builds as a linear ramp, storing energy in T1.
The current path is broken when Q16 and Q17 are switched off. The flyback
action of T1 causes the voltages in the secondaries to reverse polarity and the
rectifier diodes to turn on. The current in the secondaries linearly ramps down as
the energy that was stored in the primary charges the output capacitors and
supplies the load demand.
When all of the stored energy from the first half of the cycle is delivered to the
load, secondary currents go to zero and the diodes turn off. No current flows in
either the primary or the secondaries until Q16 and Q17 are turned back on to
start the next cycle.
When the +5 V goes too high, U78 narrows the pulse width to reduce the amount
of energy stored in T1; the stored energy is transferred to the load and, as a
result, the +5 V goes down. When the +5 V is too low, U78 increases the pulse
width and the mechanism is reversed.
Removing P18, a troubleshooting jumper, interrupts the power to T1 for
inspection of U78 and the emitter-drive circuit for Q16.

Theory of Operation
T1
+5V
Housekeeping
winding
–5V
C110 +15V
+12V
VIN
–15V
Q16, –12V
Q17
Q16 on Q16 off
Current In
primary
Current In
secondaries
Voltage across
primary VIN
0V
+5.6V
Voltage across
+5 V secondary 0V
–V
+V
Voltage across
-5 V secondary
–5.6V
Output Output
diodes on diodes off
Figure 4–1: Inductor and switching transistor switching functions

Theory of Operation
The Pulse Width Modulator, U78, is a current-mode controller. Using inputs

from the primary circuit and the +5 V output, it varies the width of the pulse that
controls Q16. This pulse width variation regulates the secondary voltages
throughout variations in the input voltage, output load, and temperature. R163
senses the current in the primary winding of T1 and applies it to U78–3 as a
voltage.
At the start of the cycle a flip-flop within U78 turns Q16 and Q17 on. The
primary current, and therefore the voltage to pin 3, ramps up until the level is
sufficient to trip the internal comparator, which resets the flip-flop and terminates
the drive pulse to Q17, and the energy stored in the transformer transfers to the
secondary windings.
Line regulation is automatic and without voltage feedback. As the input voltage
increases, the slope of the ramp increases and the trip point is reached sooner,
creating a narrower pulse width.
Load regulation is accomplished by sensing the +5 V output, resistively dividing
it to 2.5 V, and comparing it to a 2.5 V reference to develop the error signal fed
back to the Pulse Width Modulator. U74 is a band-gap reference set to function
as an error amplifier with a 2.5 V internal reference. Pin 3 of U74 provides the
error signal that is coupled through U75, an opto-isolator, to U78.
If the load increases, the signal at U78, pin 2, drops in voltage, which causes
U78 to increase the pulse width and thus increase the current through T1. If the
load decreases, the +5 V increases momentarily and output pulse width
decreases. Q18 adds a portion of the timing ramp to improve noise immunity.
If the ramp voltage at U78, pin 2, reaches 1 V the output drive pulse ends and
Q16 and Q17 shut off. The maximum primary current in T1 is limited to about
1.5 A, which corresponds to a maximum power level of approximately 60 W.
U78, pin 1 is an indication of the peak current in T1. This voltage is fed to the
inverting input of U76 and compared to a fixed voltage set by divider R161,
R171, and R160. R171, an output power adjustment, is set so the trip point will
be approximately 70 W. If U78, pin 1 goes high enough to trip U76A, pin 1 low,
C99 starts to charge. If this condition persists long enough for the charge on C99
to reach 700 or 800 mV, Q18 turns on and applies the reference voltage directly
to U78, pin 3 to shut down the supply. In this condition the supply will
continuously cycle through kick start, current limit, and shutdown until the
problem is corrected.
Jumper P9 is included for troubleshooting; its removal disables the current limit
shutdown circuits.
Q16 is a high blocking voltage (1000V) power transistor. To prevent transistor
failure and ensure proper operation, its base must have a large forward current
during the on-time and a large momentary reverse current pulse during turn off.

Theory of Operation
These requirements are met by using a FET, Q17, in the emitter circuit to turn
Q16 on and off. The modulated pulse from U78 gates Q17.
When Q17 turns on, base current flows in Q16 through R149 and CR22 (which
turns on) and current flows in the primary winding of T1, completing the circuit
through Q16, Q17, and R163 into the floating ground. CR20 keeps Q16 from
going into hard saturation by diverting some of the base current into the collector
when it turns completely on.
When Q17 turns off, the current path from the collector of Q16 to its emitter no
longer exists. For a brief time, the collector current becomes reverse flowing
base current in Q16. When this current flows out of the base through CR21, it
charges the housekeeping capacitor, C113, which turns Q16 off very rapidly.
When Q16 turns off, a voltage spike appears at its collector. A combination of
reflected secondary voltages, input voltage, and transformer leakage inductance
produces a voltage spike of high magnitude. A snubber circuit consisting of
R153, CR19, and C97 dissipates some of the energy in the T1 leakage
inductance.
12 V is generated from the 15 V secondary output of T1. The 15 V at C102 and
C103 passes through RC filters and is applied to the three-terminal linear
regulators (U73 and U85) to derive the + and –12 V outputs.
Over-voltage protection is provided on the +5 V output by a crowbar circuit
composed of Q15, VR4, and R146. If the +5 V output exceeds approximately
+5.5 V, VR4 will start to conduct. When VR4 draws enough current through
R146 to raise the gate voltage for Q15 (an SCR) above its cathode by approxi-
mately 0.7 V, VR4 turns on and shorts the +5 V output to ground, forcing the
primary circuit into current limit.
Diagram 9. The regulated 5 V supplies used by the ADC and the DAC are
generated from the 12 V supplies by three-terminal linear regulators (U52 and
U53).

This section contains procedures for verifying that the VITS100 NTSC VITS
Inserter performs according to the characteristics stated in the Specifications
section of this manual.
If the VITS inserter fails to meet a performance requirement, consult the
Adjustment Procedure section and make only those adjustments that affect the
“out of spec” characteristic.
Verify the performance of the VITS inserter at regular intervals to ensure that the
instrument continues to perform within tolerance. The recommended interval for
performance verification is 2000 hours of operation or 12 months, whichever
comes first.
Incoming Inspection Test

Two procedures may be used for incoming inspections. Use the Functional
Check procedure in the Getting Started section to verify instrument function. To
confirm that the instrument meets guaranteed specifications, use the following
Performance Verification procedure.
Verification of Tolerance Values

For Performance Verification, use test equipment with measurement accuracy of
at least four times the tolerance of the specification being tested. If you do not,
the error of the measuring apparatus may invalidate the test results.
5–1
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual
Equipment Required
Table 5–1 lists the test equipment recommended for Performance Verification.
Alternate equipment must meet the minimum requirements for the listed
equipment. Use of inadequate test equipment may result in faulty measurements
and invalid results.
Table 5–1: Equipment Required
Item Requirements Example

Variable Autotransformer Variable range of 90 to 120 VAC (220 V General Radio metered auto transformer:
operation use 220 VAC autotransformer) W10MT3W.
Video Measurement Set Waveform storage and automatic waveform Tektronix VM 700A, Option 01
comparison
Waveform/Vector Monitor Combination waveform monitor and Tektronix 1780R Video Measurement Set
vectorscope capable of displaying line-rate
and field-rate signals
Television Test Signal Generator NTC7 Composite, Flat Field, Multiburst, Tektronix TSG-170A NTSC Television
and Red Field signals Generator
Television Test Signal Generator/Sync Variable burst amplitude and frequency and —
Pulse Generator (TSG/SPG) high frequency multiburst signal
Spectrum Analyzer 1 MHz to 50 MHz with a frequency span of Tektronix 2712 Spectrum Analyzer with
1 MHz/div to 10 MHz/div and 30 kHz Tracking Generator Option 04
resolution, and internal tracking generator
75 W Return Loss Bridge 50 dB return loss balanced bridge, 50 kHz Wide Band Engineering A57TLSCR with
to 5 MHz frequency range A56T75B (75 W terminator)
Test Oscilloscope Vertical amplifier bandwidth of 40 MHz, Tektronix TAS465
1 mV sensitivity, and 0.25% accuracy.
Horizontal time base of 5 msec/div to
2 msec/div and external triggering.
Oscilloscope 10X Probe Tektronix P6137 10X Probe
Frequency Counter Measure frequencies up to 30 MHz ECL Tegam DC503A a Universal Counter/Timer
levels, with 10 Hz accuracy at 28.6 MHz
Peak-to-Peak Detector and Detector Head Amplitude of up to 1 Vp-p and a flatness of Tektronix part number 015-0408-00
+0.2% from 50 kHz to 10 MHz
Video Noise Generator White noise on composite video, signal-to- —
noise ratio of at least 28 dB, Hum noise on
composite video with a 0 dB signal-to-noise
ratio, 1 dB steps with DC coupling, 75 W
impedance, and flat response to 5.5 MHz.
Multimeter Accuracy of +0.7% to measure 0–20 VDC. Tektronix DM252
Power Module Power supply for Frequency Counter, Tegam TM506A Power Module Mainframe
Peak-to-Peak Detector, video noise
generator, and Multimeter
75 W End-Line Terminators (two) 0.25% Accuracy Tektronix part number 011-0102-01
5–2
Table 5–1: Equipment Required (Cont.)
Item Requirements Example

75 W Feed-Through Terminator BNC-type, accuracy of 0.2%. Tektronix part number 011-0103-02
BNC Adaptor Female-to-female Tektronix part number 103-0028-00
75 W BNC Cables (five) 42 in coaxial cables, male BNC ends Tektronix part number 012-0159-00
Precision 50 W BNC cables (two) Male BNC ends Tektronix part number 012-0482-00
50 W to 75 W Minimum Loss Attenuator BNC connectors. Tektronix part number 011-0057-01
Verification Procedure
This is a step-by-step procedure that begins with switching the instrument on.
While waiting for the VITS inserter to warm up, store the signal references in the
video measurement set.
Power Up This is a preparatory step that ensures all equipment will be ready to operate
when you begin to verify VITS inserter performance.
1. Connect the VITS inserter power cord to the variable autotransformer.
2. Set the autotransformer for 115 volts. (Set it to 230 volts for systems
powered with 220/240 volt sources.)
3. Turn on the autotransformer, test signal generator, and video measurement
set.
4. Turn the VITS inserter power on.
5. Allow all equipment to warm up for the period prescribed by the equipment
manufacturers (a minimum of 20 minutes).
Test Signal References The video measurement set stores reference signals for later comparison. The
following steps store the references for these comparisons. The test signal is the
NTC7 composite waveform from the television test signal generator. See
Specifications for more information on this signal.
NOTE. Steps 1 through 8 store reference signals in the video measurment set
(VM700A) that are later recalled for signal element comparisons.
1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the output of the television test signal
generator to the video measurement set Ch A input. Terminate the open side
of the loop-through input with a 75 W end-line terminator.
5–3
2. Select the NTC7 Composite signal from the television test signal generator.
3. Store the bar and the line time portions of the NTC7 composite signal as a
video measurement set reference signal.
4. Store the C–L gain + delay portions of the NTC7 composite signal as the
video measurement set reference.
5. Store the diff phase + gain portions of the NTC7 composite signal as the
video measurement set reference.
6. Select Waveform on the video measurement set.
7. Select the black burst signal from the television test signal generator.
8. Store the black burst signal as the noise spectrum signal for the video
measurement set.
Select VITS To make the remainder of this procedure easier to perform, start by inserting only
the 0% black signal on line 17 of fields 1 and 3. Be sure to record the current
settings of the VITS selection switches before resetting them for this procedure;
reset the switches to these settings when returning the instrument to service.
1. Remove the small access plate from the top of the VITS inserter and check
the settings of dual-inline-package (DIP) switches S1–S4 (see Figure 5–1).
Record the settings so you can restore them once you complete this
procedure.

1 and 3 2 and 4
Line 17
Line 19
Line 17
Line 19
Line 18
Line 20
Line 18
Line 20
S1 S2 S3 S4
Figure 5–1: VITS selection DIP switches
5–4
NOTE. The settings of S1-S2-S3-S4 dictate the signals, lines, and fields for the
VITS insertion program. Because the instrument may contain a required
operating program, it is essential that the switches be reset to the original
settings when this procedure is completed.
2. Set DIP switch S1, segments 1, 2, 3, and 4 (line 17, field 1) for 0% Black
(0110) signal; see Table 5–2.
NOTE. Switch settings in Table 5–2 are for standard instruments. Signal, line,
and field assignments for the options are in Appendix A: Options.
Table 5–2: DIP Switch Settings
VITS inserter Action DIP Segment Settings*

1 (5) 2 (6) 3 (7) 4 (8)
Insert Test Signals: 0 1 1 0
0% Black (use
se either
e er setting)
se
1 0 0 1
7.5% Black 1 1 1 0
50% Gray 1 1 0 1
FCC Color Bars 0 0 0 0
FCC Composite 1 0 0 0
Multipulse 0 1 0 0
Multiburst 0 1 0 1
NTC 7 Composite 1 0 1 0
NTC 7 Combination 0 0 0 1
Red Field 1 1 0 0
SIN X/X 0 0 1 0
VIRS 1 0 1 1
Pass Program Video 1 1 1 1
Auto VIRS 0 0 1 1
Insert Source ID 0 1 1 1
* 1 signifies an OPEN switch; 0 signifies a closed switch
3. Set all the remaining DIP switches to the “pass incoming” position, which is
all segments open (1111).
5–5
Line Input Range Requirement: Stable VITS inserter operation over an AC input range of
90–250 V
H Vary the autotransformer between 90 and 125 Vac (210 and 250 Vac for “220
volt” sources) and verify stable instrument operation.
Program Channel to Requirements:

Test Signal Matching DC offset + 0 V "10 mV
Insertion transients v10 mV
DC matching of inserted test signal to program signal "3 mV
1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator signal
output to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–2.
waveform/vector monitor 75 W
Terminator
VITS Inserter
CH A input
Test Signal
Television test signal generator
Figure 5–2: Measuring VITS on a waveform/ vector monitor
2. Connect a 75ĂW cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to the
waveform/vector monitor CH A Input. Terminate the remaining side of the
loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator. See Figure 5–2.
3. Use the waveform/vector monitor input selector switch to ground the input
and position the waveform monitor trace on 0 IRE level of the graticule.
4. Set the waveform/vector monitor to Ch A DC input.
5. Check that the signal blanking is at 0 V "10 mV ("3 minor div). See
Figure 5–3.
5–6
IRE
Blanking
level
Figure 5–3: Blanking level at 0 IRE
6. Move the 75ĂW coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to
the MONITOR OUT.
7. Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5.
8. Move the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to
PROGRAM OUT.
9. Use the waveform/vector monitor line select to display line 17 for all fields.
10. Check that the inserted 0% black (line 17 fields 1 and 3) matches the
blanking level of the passed lines (line 17 of fields 2–4) 3 mV (1 minor
division).
Phase Match of Requirement: Phase match 1°

Inserted Test Signal to
1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the Test Signal Generator/Sync Pulse
Program Video Channel
Generator (TSG/SPG) subcarrier output to the waveform/vector monitor Ext
CW Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the loop-through input with a 75 W
end-line terminator. See Figure 5–4.
5–7
VITS Inserter
75ĂW 75ĂW
Terminator Terminator
Linearity Waveform/
Out Vector Monitor
TSG/SPG
Black burst Ext Ref

Subcarrier EXT
Out CW REF
75ĂW
Terminator
Figure 5–4: Equipment connections for phase matching
2. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG black burst output to the
waveform/vector monitor External Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the
loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator. See Figure 5–4.
3. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG linearity output to the
VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–4.
4. Select the modulated ramp as the TSG/SPG linearity signal.
5. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to
the waveform/vector monitor CH A input. See Figure 5–4. Terminate the
remaining side of the loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator.
6. Select External CW Ref on the waveform/vector monitor.
7. Select waveform/vector monitor Diff Phase measurement.
8. Set the burst vector to the outer circle and 0° on the vectorscope. Use the
phase control to null the burst on the waveform CRT.
9. Set the waveform/vector monitor for line select to display field 1, line 17.
10. Check that the burst vector is still at 0° 1°.
5–8
Phase Match Bypass Path Requirement: Phase error + 0°"1° at FSC.

to Program Path
1. Turn off waveform/vector monitor line select.
2. Set the burst vector to the outer circle and 0° on the vectorscope. Use the
phase control to null the burst on the waveform CRT.
3. Press the BYPASS switch on the VITS inserter front panel; the BYPASS
LED should light and stay lit.
4. Check that the vector moves no more than 1° as seen on the waveform/vector
monitor vector display.
Program Video Gain and Requirements:

Line Tilt Gain + Unity "1%
Line Tilt v 0.5%
1. Press the VITS inserter BYPASS switch and return to normal operation
(BYPASS LED off).
2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the
video measurement set Ch A input. Terminate the remaining side of the
loop-through input with a 75 W end-line terminator. See Figure 5–5.
Video measurement set
Test Signal
75ĂW
Terminator
VITS Inserter
Monitor Out
Program In
Figure 5–5: Using the video measurement set to measure waveform characteristics
3. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator output
to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.
4. Set VITS inserter DIP switches S1 and S3 to 1010 (segments 5 and 7 open,
segments 6 and 8 closed) to insert the NTC7 Composite test signal on line
18 of all fields.
5–9
5. Select the NTC7 Composite test signal from the television test signal
generator.
6. Select Relative to Ref Bar & Line Time on the video measurement set.
7. Check that the bar amplitude is 100 IRE 1% (1RE).
8. Check that the bar tilt is 0.5%.
9. Move the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the
PROGRAM OUT.
12. On the video measurement set, select line 18 (any field).
Chrominance to Requirements:
Luminance Chrominance-to-luminance gain 0.5%
Gain and Delay Chrominance-to-luminance delay 0.5 ns
1. Select Relative to Ref C–L Gain + Delay on the video measurement set.
2. Return the video measurement set to full field measurement.
3. Check that the chroma gain is 100.0 0.5%.
4. Check that the chroma delay is 0.0 5 ns.
5. Select line 18, any field, on the video measurement set.
8. Move the coaxial cable at the VITS inserter from PROGRAM OUT to
MONITOR OUT.
5–10
Differential Requirements:
Gain and Phase Differential gain v 0.2%
Differential phase v 0.2_
1. Select Relative to Ref Diff Phase + Gain on the video measurement set.
2. Check that the differential gain is v 0.2%.
3. Check that the differential phase is v 0.2_.
4. Move the coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the
PROGRAM OUT.
Pulse-to-Bar Ratio Requirement: Ratio + 100% "0.5%.

1. Use two 75 W coaxial cables, joined with a BNC female-to-female adaptor to
connect the test signal generator (TSG) to the video measurement set Ch A
Input. Terminate the remaining side of the Ch A loop-through input with a
50 W end-line terminator. Select the NTC7 Composite test signal from the
TSG. See Figure 5–6.
Test Signal
BNC 75ĂW
Adapter Terminator
Figure 5–6: Setting up for pulse-to-bar measurement
2. Observe and remember the pulse-to-bar ratio on the video measurement set
screen.
5–11
3. Remove the BNC female-to-female adaptor and connect the coaxial cable
from the video measurement set CH A to the VITS inserter PROGRAM
OUT. See Figure 5–7.
Test Signal
75ĂW
Terminator
VITS Inserter
Figure 5–7: Using the video measurement set to compare signals
4. Connect the 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator
output to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–7.
5. Check that the pulse-to-bar ratio is within 0.5% of the reading in step 2.
8. Move the coax from VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to MONITOR OUT.
K-Factor Requirement: K-Factor (2T) 0.3%.

1. At the video measurement set, select K-Factor measurement.
2. Check that K-factor (2T) is 0.3%.
4. Check that K-factor (2T) is 0.3%.
5–12
SCH Phase Requirement: SCH phase + 0_"5_.

1. Select the video measurement set SCH Phase measurement.
2. Check that the SCH phase is 0_"5_.
4. Check that the SCH phase is 0_"5_.
Signal-to-Noise Ratio Requirement: Signal-to-noise ratio >70 dB.

1. Select black burst from the television test signal generator.
2. Check the black burst noise spectrum on the video measurement set for a
noise level number greater than 70 dB.
3. Move the coaxial cable from VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the
PROGRAM OUT.
4. Check that the noise level number is greater than 70 dB.
6. Check that the noise level number is greater than 70 dB.
Hum Rejection Requirement: Hum rejection w50 dB.

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator to the
video noise generator Video Input. See Figure 5–8.
2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the video noise generator Output to the
VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.
3. Turn video noise generator Hum On.
4. Set video noise generator attenuator to 0 dB.
5. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to
the video measurement set Ch A. Terminate the remaining side of the
loop-through input with a 75 W terminator. See Figure 5–8.
5–13
75ĂW
Terminator
Program In
Noise
generator VITS Inserter
Program Out
Test Signal
Figure 5–8: Measuring hum rejection
6. Select Waveform on the video measurement set.

7. Check that hum is present on the porch before and after sync.
8. Check that the porch before burst drifts up and down at hum rate.
9. Check that the back porch following burst drifts less than 0.32 IRE at the
hum rate.
10. Turn video noise generator Hum off.
Luminance Risetime Requirement: Luminance risetime 140 ns 20 ns

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator Test
Signal output to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–2.
the waveform/vector monitor Ch A Input. Terminate the remaining side of
the loop-through input with a 75 W terminator. See Figure 5–2 on page 5–6.
3. Measure the leading edge of the bar between the 10 and 90% points (10 IRE
to 90 IRE on the waveform graticule).
4. Check that the risetime is between 120 ns and 160 ns.
5–14
Chrominance Risetime Requirement: Chrominance risetime + 300 ns "35 ns

1. Turn on the waveform/vector monitor vertical magnifier.
2. Position the signal blanking level to the graticule 0 IRE line.
3. Use the waveform/vector monitor vertical variable gain to place the top of
color burst at the 100 IRE line.
4. Measure the risetime of the leading edge of burst between the 10 and 90%
points (10 IRE to 90 IRE).
5. Check that the risetime is between 265 ns and 335 ns.
Genlock Checks Requirements:

Burst phase change v1° over 10% to 90% APL
Sync lock jitter v10 ns (v12°) over input sync amplitude range of
287 mV"3 dB
Burst phase change v 3° for 287 mV"6 dB input burst amplitude
Amplitude lock range w +6 dB to –12 dB
Burst phase change v 2° over input sync or burst amplitude range of
287 mV "3 dB
Burst phase change v1° for input burst frequency of 3.579545 MHz
"20 Hz
Lock to 28 dB S/N ratio video signal
1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG black burst output to the
waveform/vector monitor Ext Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the
loop-through input with a 75 W terminator. See Figure 5–4.
2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG Subcarrier to the wave-
form/vector monitor Ext CW Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the
loop-through input with a 75 W terminator.
3. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG linearity output to the
video noise generator Video Input.
4. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the video noise generator Video Output
5. Set the video noise generator for a 0 dB output level.
the waveform/vector monitor Ch A input. Terminate the remaining side of
the loop-through input with a 75 W terminator
7. Set the waveform/vector monitor line select to line 19 and check that the
VIRS signal is displayed.
5–15
8. Set the VITS inserter VITS Selection DIP switches S2 and S4 for the red
field signal; segments 1, 3, and 4 are open and segment 2 is closed (1011).
9. Set the waveform/vector monitor for Ext Ref + CW.
10. Select DIFF PHASE.
11. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the waveform/vector monitor
vectorscope. Set the red bar amplitude to null on the waveform monitor.
12. Select the TSG/SPG Linearity AC Bounce.
13. Check that the red bar phase shifts ≤ 1_ (10 IRE).
14. Cancel Bounce.
15. Move the coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG linearity out to the full field color
bars out.
16. Cancel burst on the TSG/SPG Color Bar.
17. Set the video noise generator Attenuation to + 3 dB.
18. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the vectorscope.
19. Check that the sync edge jitter is ≤ 12_ while changing the video noise
generator Attenuation from + 3 dB to –3 dB.
20. Turn on TSG/SPG color bar burst.
21. Return the video noise generator Attenuation to + 6 dB.
vectorscope. Set the red bar to null on the waveform monitor.
23. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 3_ and that the VITS inserter
maintains lock while changing the video noise generator attenuation from
+6 dB to –6 dB.
24. Continue increasing the video noise generator attenuation to –12 dB.
25. Check that the VITS inserter stays locked.
26. Set the video noise generator attenuation to –3 dB.
28. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 2_ as you vary the video noise
generatordB to +3 dB.
29. Return the video noise generator Attenuation to 0 dB.
5–16
30. Change the coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG color bar output to the black
burst output.
31. Measure burst amplitude. It should measure about 40 IRE.
32. Use the TSG/SPG variable burst control to reduce burst amplitude to 28 IRE
(–3 dB).
34. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 2_ as you vary the Burst amplitude
from 28 IRE to 56 IRE (–3 dB to +3 dB).
35. Set the burst amplitude to 80 IRE the waveform monitor (+ 6 dB).
36. Set the red bar to null on the waveform monitor.
37. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 3_ as you vary the burst amplitude
from 80 IRE to 20 IRE (+6 dB to –6 dB).
38. Return the TSG/SPG variable burst control to normal.
40. Set the TSG/SPG for 20 Hz of offset.
41. Check after the genlock has settled that the red bar has shifted less than 1_
(10 IRE).
42. Change the 20 Hz offset polarity.
43. Check after the genlock has settled, that the red bar has shifted less than 1_
(10 IRE).
44. Turn off the 20 Hz offset.
45. Set video noise generator for 28 dB noise.
46. Turn White Noise on.
47. Check that the VITS inserter remains locked.
48. Disconnect the video noise generator from the VITS inserter.
5–17
Return Loss and Requirements:

Input/Output Impedance Return loss 36 dB to 5 MHz.
Spurious signals 55 dB down
NOTE. Successful completion of the Return Loss checks guarantees that the input
and output impedances are within specification.
1. Connect a 50 W coaxial cable from the spectrum analyzer RF In to the

RF Out on the RF Bridge. See Figure 5–9.
Spectrum analyzer
TG RF
OUTPUT INPUT
RF In
75 W
Precision
terminator
RF Out
High frequency
RF bridge
Figure 5–9: Connecting the RF bridge to the spectrum analyzer/tracking generator
2. Connect a 50 W coaxial cable from the spectrum analyzer TG Out to the

RF In on the RF Bridge.
3. Select Demod/TG on the spectrum analyzer. Turn on the Tracking Generator
and set the Fixed Level to 0.00 dBm.
4. Set the spectrum analyzer Span/Div to 1 MHz, Resolution Bandwidth to
30 kHz, and the Center Frequency to 2 MHz.
5. Set the spectrum analyzer Reference Level to the first major division down
from the top on the analyzer display.
6. Set the spectrum analyzer Vertical Scale to 10 dB.
7. Set the spectrum analyzer Marker to 5 MHz.
8. Reconnect the cable to the RF Bridge.
9. Note the marker reference level readout.
5–18
10. Adjust the spectrum analyzer external attenuation amplitude by the amount
noted in step 9.
11. Connect the precision high-frequency terminator to the Device Under Test
connector on the RF Bridge.
12. Check that the frequency response from 0 MHz to 5 MHz is 40 dBm.
13. Return the spectrum analyzer frequency marker to 5 MHz, if necessary.
14. Remove the precision high-frequency terminator from the RF Bridge.
15. Connect the Device Under Test connector on the RF Bridge to the VITS
inserter PROGRAM IN.
16. Check that the marker reference level readout on the spectrum analyzer is
36 dBm down.
17. Connect the precision high-frequency terminator to the VITS inserter
PROGRAM OUT.
18. Push the VITS inserter BYPASS.
19. Check that the marker reference level readout is 36 dBm down.
20. Push the VITS inserter BYPASS switch to go back to program video.
21. Remove the precision high-frequency terminator from the VITS inserter
PROGRAM OUT.
inserter PROGRAM OUT.
23. Check that the Marker Level readout is 36 dBm down.
inserter MONITOR OUT.
25. Check that the marker level readout is 36 dBm down.
26. Set the spectrum analyzer controls as shown in Table 5–3.
Table 5–3: Spectrum Analyzer Settings
Control Setting
Center Frequency 10 MHz
Reference Level 0 dB
Freq Span/Div 10 MHz
5–19
27. Connect a 50 W-to-75 W minimum loss attenuator to the spectrum analyzer

RF Input.
28. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the 50 W-to-75 W minimum loss
attenuator to the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT.
30. Select television test signal generator Red Field.
31. Select maximum hold on the spectrum analyzer.
32. Set the spectrum analyzer frequency marker to the top of the chrominance
spike of the red field.
33. Set the spectrum analyzer Marker control to differential mode.
34. Leave one marker at the top of the red field spike and move the other marker
to any spurious spikes out to 50 MHz to verify that all spurious spikes are at
least 55 dBm down as displayed on the differential marker level readout.
Frequency Response and Requirement: Flat frequency response1% to 5.5 MHz; 3% to 10 MHz
Crosstalk
NOTE. Successful completion of the frequency response checks guarantees that
crosstalk is within specification.
1. Use two 75 W coaxial cables connected together with a BNC female-to-fe-

male adapter to connect the TSG/SPG Multiburst Generator output to the
Peak-to-Peak Detector Head Input. See Figure 5–10.
Peak-to-peak
detector Test oscilloscope
TSG/SPG
INPUT OUTPUT
Multiburst
Out
BNC
Adapter Peak-to-peak
detector head
Figure 5–10: The initial frequency response setup
5–20
2. Set the TSG/SPG Multiburst output as shown in Table 5–4.
Table 5–4: Multiburst Controls
Control Setting
Frequency Range High
Markers On
Composite On
Amplitude Full
Sweep On
3. Connect 75 W coax from detector head output to peak-to-peak detector +

input.
4. Enable the peak-to-peak detector + input.
5. Set + input level to light the green LED (full clockwise).
6. Connect 75 W cable from the peak-to-peak detector output to the test
oscilloscope input.
7. Measure the sweep envelope. See Figure 5–11.
100
90
10
0%
Figure 5–11: Frequency response display
8. Remove the BNC female to-female adaptor.
5–21
9. Connect the coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG multiburst output to the VITS
inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–12.
Peak-to-peak
detector Test oscilloscope
TSG/SPG
INPUT OUTPUT
Multiburst
Out
Program Out
VITS Inserter
Peak-to-peak
detector head
Program In
Figure 5–12: Measuring frequency response
10. Connect the coaxial cable from the peak-to-peak detector head input to the
VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT.
11. Check that the sweep envelope matches the previous waveform 4.3 mV
from 2 MHz to 6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker). See Figure 5–11.
12. Check that the sweep waveform top matches the waveform measured in
step 7 (the “pattern”) within 12.9 mV from 6 MHz to 10 MHz (fourth
marker to sixth marker). See Figure 5–11.
13. Move the Peak-to-Peak Detector Head and cable from PROGRAM OUT to
MONITOR OUT.
14. Check that the sweep envelope matches the pattern 4.3 mV from 2 MHz
to 6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker). See Figure 5–11.
15. Check that the sweep envelope matches the pattern 12.9 mV from 6 MHz
to 10 MHz fourth marker to sixth marker). See Figure 5–11.
Auto VIRS Insertion Requirement: Proper VIRS insertion

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG black burst output to the
VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.
the waveform/vector monitor input. Terminate the remaining side of the
loop-through connector with a 75 W end-line terminator.
5–22
3. Set the waveform/vector monitor line select to line 19, all fields.
4. Check for VIRS. If there is a signal other than VIRS, you will need to either
reprogram the TSG/SPG VITS signals or find a VIRS signal on another line.
VIRS is required on both fields.
5. Set VITS selection switch S2, segments 1 through 4, to 0011 (segments 1
and 2 closed, 3 and 4 open).
6. Confirm that S4 segments 1, 2, 3, and 4 are all open (1111).
7. Turn off the TSG/SPG power switch.
8. Using the waveform/vector monitor line and field selection switches, verify
that the VIRS signal is on field 1 and missing on field 2.
Source ID Requirement: 16 asserted bits 0.5 V

1. Check and note the position of all rear-panel SOURCE ID switches. These
switches determine the source identification output by the VITS inserter;
restore the original settings after completing this check.
2. Set all 16 switches to the down position.
3. Set VITS inserter line/field selection switch S1, segments 5 through 8, to
0111 (segment 5 closed and segments 6, 7, and 8 open).
4. Select line 18, field 1, on the waveform/vector monitor.
5. Check that there are 16 positive excursions (from 0 V) of approximately
0.5 V. (Instruments with serial numbers below B020425 will have excursions
of approximately 0.7 V.)
6. Switch the waveform/vector monitor Field selection to field 2 and check that
the source ID signal is not present.
Remote Control Requirement: Grounding pin 6 of the rear-panel REMOTE connector forces the
instrument into bypass mode.
1. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to
the loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator.
2. Set the waveform/vector monitor line select to line 19, field 1.
3. Check that the VIRS signal is displayed on the waveform/vector monitor.
4. Use a short piece of wire to short pin 6 of the rear-panel REMOTE connector
to ground. (Pins 1, 4, and 9 of the REMOTE connector are ground.)
5–23
5. Check that the VIRS signal disappears and the VITS inserter front-panel
BYPASS light comes on.
6. Remove the grounding wire.
7. Check that the VIRS signal reappears and the VITS inserter front-panel
BYPASS light goes out.
5–24
Adjustment Procedures
If VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter performance is not within tolerance for a

particular characteristic, determine the cause, repair if necessary, and then use the
appropriate adjustment procedure to return the instrument operation to perfor-
mance specification. After any adjustment, verify performance by repeating the
applicable part of the Performance Verification procedure.
Allow the instrument to warm up for at least 20 minutes in an ambient tempera-
ture of 20° C to 30° C before making any adjustments. Waveform illustrations in
the procedure are typical and may differ from one instrument to another. These
waveforms should not be construed as being representative of specific tolerances.
Static Discharge Precautions

Many semiconductor components, especially MOS types, can be damaged by
static discharge. Damage may not be catastrophic and, therefore, not immediately
apparent. It usually appears as a degradation of the semiconductor characteristics.
Devices that are particularly susceptible are MOS, CMOS, JFETs, and high
impedance operational amplifiers (FET input stages). The damaged parts may
operate within acceptable limits over a short period, but their reliability may be
severely impaired. Damage can be significantly reduced by observing the
following precautions during performance of the adjustment procedure.
H Handle equipment containing static sensitive components or circuit
assemblies at or on a static free work surface. Work stations should contain a
static free bench cover or work plane such as conductive polyethylene
sheeting and a grounding wrist strap. The work plane should be connected to
earth ground.
H All test equipment and accessories should be connected to earth ground.
More information about handling static sensitive assemblies and components can
be found in the Maintenance section of this manual.
Recommended Test Equipment

Table 6–1 lists test equipment and fixtures recommended for the adjustment
procedure. The characteristics specified are the minimum required for the checks.
Substitute equipment must meet or exceed these characteristics.

Table 6–1: Recommended Test Equipment
Item Minimum Requirements Example

Variable Autotransformer Variable range of 90 to 120 VAC (220 VAC General Radio metered auto transformer:
operation use 220 Vac autotransformer) W10MT3W.
Waveform/Vector Monitor Combination waveform monitor and Tektronix 1780R Video Measurement Set
vectorscope capable of displaying line-rate
and field-rate signals
Television Test Signal Generator NTC7 Composite, Flat Field, Multiburst, Tektronix TSG-170A NTSC Television
and Red Field signals Generator
Television Test Signal Generator/Sync Generator that can output a high frequency —
Pulse Generator (TSG/SPG) multiburst signal.
Test Oscilloscope Vertical amplifier bandwidth of 40 MHz, Tektronix TAS465
1 mV sensitivity, and 0.25% accuracy.
Horizontal time base of 5 msec/div to
2 msec/div and external triggering.
Oscilloscope 10X Probe Tektronix P6137 10X Probe
Frequency Counter Counter to measure frequencies up to Tegam DC503A a Universal Counter/Timer
30 MHz ECL levels, with 10 Hz accuracy at
28.6 MHz
Frequency Standard Oscillator with an accuracy of 1 X 10–9
(WWV receiver in the USA)
Peak-to-Peak Detector and Detector Head Amplitude of up to 1 Vp-p and a flatness of Tektronix part number 015-0408-00
+0.2% from 50 kHz to 10 MHz
Video Noise Generator White noise on composite video, signal-to- —
noise ratio of at least 28 dB, Hum noise on
composite video with a 0 dB signal-to-noise
ratio, 1 dB steps with DC coupling, 75 W
impedance, and flat response to 5.5 MHz.
Multimeter Accuracy of +0.7% to measure 0–20 VDC. Tektronix DM252
Power Module Power supply for Frequency Counter, Tegam TM506A Power Module Mainframe
Peak-to-Peak Detector, Video Noise
Generator, and Multimeter
75 W End-Line Terminators (two) BNC-type terminators, accuracy of 0.25% Tektronix part number 011-0102-01
75 W Feed-Through Terminator BNC-type terminator, accuracy of 0.2%. Tektronix part number 011-0103-02
BNC Adaptor Female-to-Female Tektronix part number 103-0028-00
75 W BNC Cables (five) Tektronix part number 012-0159-00
This procedure is written to accommodate partial or full readjustment. In some
cases only one or two adjustments may be required to return the instrument to
operation within its stated specifications. In these cases you need only adjust the
portion of the VITS inserter that does not meet specifications.

Preliminary Setup With the exception of the video signal connection, this step is the starting point
for any adjustment.
H Disconnect power and remove the cabinet. See the Maintenance section of
this manual for instructions.
H Connect the VITS inserter AC power cord to the variable autotransformer.
Turn the power on and set the autotransformer to 110 V.
H Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator output
H Turn on all test equipment and allow for any required warm-up period.
H Figure 6–1 shows the location of adjustments and test points (TP) used in
this procedure.

R122
R33
TS GAIN
PROGRAM
GAIN
C165 R30 R171
DC ADJ CURRENT
R210 U44
SIN X/X LIMIT
Pin 18
R127 TP8
DC ADJ GND
TP3
T2
R40 J19 J17
L14 HORIZ OSC
TP10
GND
J2 L13 L1
J18
L12
R170
+5 VOLTS
ADJUST
J3 J32
J33
TP2
+5V
TP4
J20 TP6
GND
J22 +12V
J9 TP11 TP5
CLK -12V
J4
TP1
S8 -5V
J56
J57 C19
J12
J13
J54
J55 TP7
S7 GND
S1 S2 S3 S4
TP9
GND
J6 J28
J5
Figure 6–1: Adjustments and test points

Power Supply Adjustment Use this step to adjust the +5 V Adjust, R170, which serves as the reference for
all other power supplies in the VITS inserter.
NOTE. This adjustment affects all adjustments in the VITS inserter. Therefore, if
the +5 V supply is within tolerance, do not reset R170 unless you are prepared to
perform the complete Adjustment Procedure.
1. Connect a multimeter to TP2 (test point 2) and TP7 (ground) on the circuit
board. See Figure 6–1 for the location of the test points.
2. Adjust R170 for 5.0 V.
3. Check power supply tolerances as shown in Table 6–2.
Table 6–2: Power Supply Tolerances
Power Supply Voltage Range Test Point

+5 V +4.8 V to +5.2 V TP2
–5.2 V –4.9 V to +5.5 V TP1
+12 V +11.88 V to 12.12 V TP6
–12 V –11.88 V to 12.12 V TP5
Ground TP7
Genlock Adjustments Adjust genlock performance with the following steps.

1. Connect the Test Oscilloscope X10 probe to U44 Pin 18.
2. Select the NTC7 Composite signal from the test signal generator.
3. Adjust R40, Horizontal Osc, for a clean 6.0 V trace.
4. Check that both the Front Panel UNLOCK and BYPASS light-emitting
diodes (LEDs) are off.
the loop-through input with a 75 W end-line terminator. See Figure 6–2.

Waveform/Vector Monitor 75 W
Terminator
VITS Inserter
CH A input
Test Signal
Television Test Signal Generator
Figure 6–2: A setup for genlock adjustments
7. Adjust R30, Program Blanking DC Level Adjust, for blanking at 0 IRE on
the waveform/vector monitor waveform graticule.
8. Check that the PROGRAM OUT blanking level matches the trace position
when no signal is applied (remove and then replace the coaxial cable to the
PROGRAM IN).
9. Move the coaxial cable from VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to MONITOR
OUT.
10. Check that the blanking level is 0 V 10 mV (3 minor div).
11. Set S1 VITS selection dual-inline-package (DIP) switch segments 1 and 4
closed, 2 and 3 open (0110). See Figure 6–3 for the location of S1.


1 and 3 2 and 4
Line 17
Line 19
Line 17
Line 19
Line 18
Line 20
Line 18
Line 20
S1 S2 S3 S4
Figure 6–3: VITS selection DIP switches
12. Change the coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the
PROGRAM OUT.
13. Set the waveform/vector monitor line selector for line 17 all fields.
14. Set the waveform/vector monitor waveform gain to X5.
15. Adjust the DC ADJ, R127, to match the inserted 0% black to the program
lines from fields 2 and 4.
16. Turn the waveform/vector monitor line-select off.
Gain Adjustments Adjust program and test signal gain with the following steps.
1. Connect the test signal generator to the CH A input of the waveform/vector
monitor with two 75 W coaxial cables and a female-to-female BNC
connector as shown in Figure 6–4. Terminate the remaining side of the
monitor loop-through with a 75 W terminator.

Terminator
BNC CH A input
Adaptor
Test Signal
Figure 6–4: Equipment connections for gain adjustments
2. Select the NTC7 Composite signal from the generator.

4. Use WFM + CAL on the waveform/vector monitor to check the amplitude of
the bar portion of the signal. Note the amplitude.
5. Remove the female-to-female BNC adapter and connect the VITS inserter to
the generator and monitor as shown in Figure 6–5.
6. Adjust Program Gain, R33, to match the amplitude noted in step 4.
Terminator
VITS Inserter
CH A input
Test Signal
Figure 6–5: Equipment for setting gain adjustments

7. Set VITS selection DIP S1, segments 1 through 4, to 0001 (segments 1, 2,

and 3 closed and segment 4 open). See Figure 6–3 for the location of S1.
8. Set the waveform/vector monitor for line select and select line 17, all fields.
10. Adjust Test Signal Gain, R122, for a bar amplitude of 714 mV.
Frequency Response Adjust frequency response characteristics with the following steps.
Adjustments
1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the output of the television test signal
generator to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.
the waveform/vector monitor Ch A Input, terminate remaining side of the
loop-through input with a 75 W terminator.
3. Select the Sin X/X signal from the television test signal generator.
5. Adjust T2 for matched Sin X/X signal pulse tips.
NOTE. When T2 is adjusted during manufacture, a spot of glue is applied to

prevent vibrations from changing the setting. Avoid removing the glue unless
adjustment is necessary.
6. Remove the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.
7. Connect the multiburst output from the television test signal generator/sync
pulse generator (TSG/SPG) to the peak-to-peak detector head input with two
75 W coaxial cables and a female-to-female BNC adapter, as shown in
Figure 6–6.

Peak-to-peak
detector
Test oscilloscope
TSG/SPG
INTPUT OUTPUT
Multiburst
Out
BNC
Adaptor Peak-to-peak
detector head
Figure 6–6: Peak-to-peak detector connections
8. Set the TSG/SPG Multiburst output as shown in Table 6–3.
Table 6–3: TSG/SPG Multiburst Settings
Control Setting
Frequency Range High
Markers On
Composite On
Amplitude Full
Sweep On
9. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the detector head output to the peak-to-
peak detector + input.
10. Enable peak-to-peak detector + input.
11. Set + input level to light the green LED (full clockwise).
12. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the peak-to-peak detector output to test
oscilloscope input.
13. Measure the sweep envelope. See Figure 6–7.

100
90
10
0%
Figure 6–7: Display for adjusting flatness
14. Remove the female to-female BNC adapter.

15. Connect the 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG multiburst output to the
VITS inserter PROGRAM IN as shown in Figure 6–8.
Peak-to-peak
detector
Test oscilloscope
TSG/SPG
INPUT OUTPUT
Multiburst
Out
Program Out
VITS Inserter
Peak-to-peak
detector head
Program In
Figure 6–8: Setting flatness
16. Connect the 75 W coaxial cable from the Peak-to-Peak Detector Head Input
to the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT as shown in Figure 6–8.

17. Adjust R210 and C165 for a display on the Test Oscilloscope that matches
the sweep envelope to the previous waveform ± 4.3 mV from 2 MHz to
6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker) and ± 12.9 mV from 6 MHz to
10 MHz (fourth marker to sixth marker). See Figure 6–7.
18. Move the 75 W coaxial cable that connects to the Peak-to-Peak Detector
Head Input from VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to MONITOR OUT.
19. Check that the sweep envelope matches that observed in step 17, ± 4.3 mV
from 2 MHz to 6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker)
20. Check that the sweep envelope matches that observed in step 17, ± 12.9 mV
from 6 MHz to 10 MHz (fourth marker to sixth marker).
NOTE. If the VITS inserter does not meet frequency response specifications in the
5.5 to 10 Mhz range, adjust L12 and L13 for optimum flatness in that range.
These two coils are sealed with a drop of glue during manufacture; adjust them
only if the VITS Inserter is operating outside of specifications.
Oscillator Adjustment Adjust the oscillator frequency with the following procedure.
1. Disconnect the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.
2. Connect the X10 probe from the Frequency Counter input to VITS inserter
TP 11. See Figure 6–1 (on page 6–4) for test point location.
3. Connect the WWV signal to the other input of the Frequency Counter and
set it for Ratio A/B.
4. Remove the plastic plug from the oscillator cover to reveal C19. See
Figure 6–1.
5. Adjust C19 for an oscillator frequency of 28.636364 MHz ±1 Hz.
6. Replace the C19 access plug.
7. Disconnect the X10 probe from the VITS inserter TP 11.

Maintenance
Maintenance
This section discusses the following topics related to maintaining and servicing
the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter:
H Service Strategy (below)
H Tektronix Service Offerings (below)
H Preparation (page 7–2)
H Static Sensitive Components (page 7–2)
H Circuit Board Jumpers (page 7–4)
H Cleaning and Inspection (page 7–7)
H Removal and Replacement Instructions (page 7–8)
H Diagnostics (page 7–11)
Service Strategy
This manual contains all information needed for periodic maintenance of the
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter (for example, performance verification proce-
dures and mechanical removal and replacement procedures). Further, it contains
information for repair to the component level. To isolate a failure to a compo-
nent, use the troubleshooting procedures, schematic diagrams, and circuit board
drawings. Once you isolate a fault, find the part in either the Replaceable
Electrical Parts List or the Mechanical Parts List. All components listed can be
obtained from Tektronix.
Tektronix Service Offerings

Tektronix provides service to cover repair under warranty. Other services are
available that may provide a cost-effective answer to your service needs.
Whether providing warranty repair service or any of the other services listed
below, Tektronix service technicians, trained on Tektronix products, are best
equipped to service your VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter. Tektronix technicians
are informed of the improvements to the product as well as the latest product
options.
Warranty Repair Service Tektronix warrants this product for one year from the date of purchase. (The
warranty appears at the front of this manual.) Tektronix technicians provide

Maintenance
warranty service at most Tektronix service locations. Do not service the

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter yourself during the warranty period; rather,
contact your nearest Tektronix representative, field office, or service center for
information and instructions.
Repair Service Tektronix offers single per-incident and annual maintenance agreements that
provide Depot Service repair of this instrument.
Of these services, the annual maintenance agreement offers a particularly
cost-effective approach to service for many owners of the VITS100 NTSC VITS
Inserter. Such agreements can be purchased to span several years.
For More Information Contact your nearest Tektronix service center or sales engineer for more
information about any of the available repair or adjustment services.
Preparation
The servicing instructions in this manual are intended for qualified service
personnel only. Before performing any maintenance, be sure to read the General
Safety Summary and the Service Safety Summary, both at the front of this
manual.
Always consult the Getting Started and Operating Basics sections if you need
more information about operating or configuring the VITS100 NTSC VITS
Inserter.
Static Sensitive Components
CAUTION. Static discharge can damage any semiconductor component in this

product.
This instrument contains electrical components that are susceptible to damage

from static discharge. Static voltages from 1 kV to 30 kV are common in
unprotected environments.
Observe the following precautions to avoid damaging static-sensitive devices:
1. Minimize handling of static-sensitive components.
2. Transport and store static-sensitive components or assemblies in their
original containers, on a metal rail, or on conductive foam. Label any
package that contains static-sensitive components or assemblies.

Maintenance
3. Discharge the static voltage from your body by wearing a wrist grounding
strap when handling static-sensitive components. Always service assemblies
that contain static-sensitive components at static-free work stations.
4. Remove any device capable of generating or holding a static charge from the
work station surface.
5. Whenever possible keep the component leads shorted together.
6. Pick up components by the body, never by the leads.
7. Do not slide components over any surface.
8. Avoid handling components in areas where the floor or work surface
covering is capable of generating a static charge.
9. Use a soldering iron that is connected to earth ground.
10. Use only special antistatic suction or wick-type desoldering tools.

Maintenance
Circuit Board Jumpers

There are 3 plug jumpers for mode selection and 14 test jumpers for use during
repair or troubleshooting on the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter circuit board. See
Figure 7–1 for plug jumper locations and Tables 7–1 and 7–2 for their functions.
In all cases, pin 1 is indicated by the ▼ symbol imprinted on the circuit board.
J19 J17
J18
J32
J33
J20
J22
J9
J56
J57 J12
J13
J54
J55
J6
J5 J28
Figure 7–1: Moveable plug jumpers on the inserter circuit board

Maintenance
Mode Selection Jumpers All installation procedures that do not require removing the protective cover of
the VITS inserter are discussed in the Getting Started section of this manual. The
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter does have some additional flexibility, however,
that is provided with the internal plug jumpers. Instructions for setting the
jumpers appear in this section because the jumpers can be accessed only by
removing the instrument cover, which could expose unqualified personnel to
potentially hazardous voltages.
WARNING. Operating the VITS 100 NTSC VITS Inserter with the cover removed
can expose personnel to hazardous electrical potentials. Do not operate this
instrument with the cover removed.
Table 7–1: Mode Selection Jumpers
Jumper Factory
Function Number Description Setting
Sound-in-Sync Mode J9 Pins 1–2: No sound-in-sync on 1–2
PROGRAM IN.
Pins 2–3: Sound-in-sync on (Not imple-
PROGRAM IN (blocks sound-in- mented)
sync pulses from the Genlock
circuit).
Line Select Mode J22 Pins 1–2: No lines available for 2–3
VITS.
Pins 2–3: Lines 17 through 20
available for VITS.
Bypass Lockout J28 Pins 1–2: Front-panel BYPASS 1–2
button enabled.
ins 2–3: Front-panel BYPASS
button disabled.
Test Jumpers In addition to the mode selection jumpers, the VITS inserter contains fourteen
test jumpers for use in the adjustment procedure and for troubleshooting
purposes. These jumpers can be located in Figure 7–1; test jumper functions are
detailed in Table 7–2. Pin 1 is indicated by the ▼ symbol printed on the circuit
board.

Maintenance
Table 7–2: Test Jumpers
Factory
Function Jumper # Description Setting
Genlock Processor Reset J5 Pins 1–2: Reset controlled by 1–2
hardware watchdog.
Pins 2–3: Holds processor in
reset mode.
No Plug: No hardware resets.
Hardware Watchdog Reset J6 Pins 1–2: No Reset. 1–2
Pins 2–3: Hold in Reset mode.
VCO Control J12 Pins 1–2: VCO Control loop 1–2
closed.
Pins 2–3: VCO Control voltage
set to ground, to set VCO center
frequency.
Oscillator Oven Control J13 Pins 1–2: Oscillator oven on. 1–2
Pins 2–3: Oscillator oven off.
Housekeeping Supply Enable J17 Pins 1–2: Supply enabled. 1–2
No Plug: Supply disabled.
Transformer Enable J18 Pins 1–2: Connects power to 1–2
transformer.
No Plug: Disables Power Supply.
Overcurrent Shutdown J19 Pins 1–2: Shutdown enabled. 1–2
No Plug: Shutdown disabled.
Power Supply Disconnect J20 Pins Supply
(Jumper Off = Disconnect) 1–2 +12V ON
3–4 –12V ON
5–6, 7–8 +5V ON
9–10, 11–12 –5V ON
13–14, 15–16 GND No Jumper
Clock Disable J32 Pins 1–2: DAC Clock Enabled. 1–2
Pins 2–3 DAC Clock Disabled.
Character Set Up Control J33 Pins 1–2: 7.5% Character 1–2
Set-Up (Standard).
Pins 2–3: 0% Character Set-Up
(Option 1J).
Memory Bank Select J54 Pins 1–2: Standard signals. 1–2
Pins 2–3: Option 1J signals.
V Drive J55 Pins 1–2: Used by VITS 200. 2–3
Pins 2–3: VITS 100.

Maintenance
Table 7–2: Test Jumpers (Cont.)
Factory
Function Jumper # Description Setting
V Sync J56 Pins 1–2: Used by VITS 200. 2–3
Blanking J57 Pins 1–2: Used by VITS 200. 2–3
Cleaning and Inspection

Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning and visual inspection. The schedule
depends on the severity of the operating environment. Under average conditions,
perform preventive maintenance every 2000 hours of operation; do it more
frequently if you operate the VITS inserter in an especially dusty or humid
environment.
Cleaning Clean the entire VITS inserter often enough to prevent dust and dirt from
accumulating. Dirt or dust buildup can act as a thermal insulating blanket that
prevents effective heat dissipation; it can also provide high-resistance electrical
leakage paths between conductors or components in a humid environment.
Exterior. Wipe the outside surfaces occasionally with a damp soft cloth. Do not
use commercial cleaners that can discolor or damage the finish.
Check all air vents regularly to ensure that dust buildup does not impede the
flow of cooling air.
WARNING. To avoid any potential of electrical shock, disconnect power before

removing the instrument cover.
Interior. Interior cleaning is not recommended, but if necessary, use low-velocity,

dry air to blow away dust or lint. If air alone does not remove all of the dust and
lint, use a soft brush to complete the task. Exercise extreme care not to disturb
components on the circuit board during cleaning.
CAUTION. This instrument contains static sensitive devices that can be damaged
by static discharge. Please read Static Sensitive Components, on page 7–2,
before attempting to clean the interior of the VITS inserter.

Maintenance
Removal and Replacement Instructions

Use the following procedures to remove and replace the top cover, front panel,
inserter circuit board assembly, and oscillator oven.
Top Cover This procedure requires a #1 phillips screwdriver.
WARNING. To avoid possible electrical shock, disconnect the power cord before
removing the top cover.
Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the top cover:

1. Remove the four screws from each side of the instrument.
2. Remove the three screws (one at the front edge, two at the back) from the top
of the instrument. It is not necessary to remove the screws that hold the
programming access plate onto the top cover.
3. Lift the cover from the instrument.
Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the top cover:
1. Set the top cover in place with the programming opening toward the front
panel.
2. Install the three screws on the top of the instrument.
3. Install the four screws on each side of the instrument.
Front Panel This procedure requires a #1 phillips screwdriver.

Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the front panel:
1. Remove the instrument top cover.
2. Place the instrument top-down on the work surface.
3. Remove the two flat head screws from the front edge of the instrument
bottom.
4. Slide the front panel assembly forward until it is clear of the LEDs and
BYPASS switch.
Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the front panel:
1. Carefully slide the front panel over the BYPASS switch and the three LEDs.
2. Install the two flat head screws that hold the front panel to the front edge of
the instrument bottom.

Maintenance
3. Install the instrument top cover.
Inserter Circuit Board This procedure requires a #1 phillips screwdriver and a 9/16 inch box end wrench.
Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the inserter circuit board
assembly; see Figure 7–2 for the location of the various components and
fasteners.
2. Remove the front panel.
3. Remove the hex nuts on the three BNC connectors that extend through the
rear panel.
4. Unplug the remote connector cable from J27 on the inserter circuit board.
5. Remove the three mounting screws that hold the power supply shield to the
circuit board and lift the shield off of the inserter circuit board.
6. Remove the two screws that hold the line filter (and AC plug) to the rear
panel.
7. Remove the seven screws that hold the inserter circuit board to the bottom
chassis pan.
8. Slide the inserter circuit board forward until the BNC connectors clear the
rear panel. Then lift the board away from the chassis.
Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the inserter circuit board:
1. Slide the inserter circuit board toward the rear panel until the BNC connec-
tors protrude through the rear panel.
2. Install the seven screws that hold the inserter circuit board onto the bottom
chassis pan.
3. Install the two screws that fasten the line filter to the rear panel.
4. Set the power supply shield in place and install the three screws that hold the
shield onto the inserter circuit board.
5. Plug the remote connector cable (from the rear panel) into J27 on the inserter
circuit board.
6. Install the hex nuts on the three rear-panel BNC connectors.
7. Replace the front panel.
8. Replace the instrument top cover.

Maintenance
Line filter screws (2)

BNC Hex nuts
(3)
Mounting screw
Mounting screw
Power supply shield
Mounting screw Mounting screw

J27
Mounting screw
Mounting screw
Mounting screw
Figure 7–2: Mounting hardware for the inserter circuit board
Oscillator Circuit Board This procedure requires a #2 POZIDRIV® screwdriver, a #4 hex nut driver, and a
Removal/Replacement #1 POZIDRIV® screwdriver.
Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the oscillator circuit board.
2. Remove the two screws that hold the plastic insulating case to the inserter
circuit board and remove the top part of the case.

Maintenance
3. Remove the screw and hex nut that attach the power transistor to the outside
of the metal oven.
4. Remove the oven from the Inserter board by carefully pulling the oven off
the seven square pins that attach it to the Inserter board.
5. Remove the screw attaching the metal cover to the oven.
6. Remove the screw that holds the oscillator circuit board to the oven and then
pull the oscillator out of the oven.
Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the oscillator circuit board
and oven assembly.
1. Set the oscillator circuit board in the oven. Install the screw that attaches the
circuit board to the oven.
2. Set the metal oven cover in place and install the attaching screw.
3. Carefully press the metal oven onto the seven square pins that connect it to
the Inserter board.
4. Reinstall the screw and hex nut that attach the power transistor to the outside
of the metal oven.
5. Set the plastic oven cover in place and install the two screws that attach the
oven case to the inserter circuit board.
6. Replace the instrument top cover.
Diagnostics
The primary means of troubleshooting this instrument is through built-in
diagnostic routines that are accessed through rotary switch S8. (To locate S8, see
Figure 7–3.)
The built-in diagnostics are free-running, continuous loop routines during which
the processor sends a periodic signal through a particular data path.The signal
can then be viewed on a scope at points along the path to isolate problems. Table
7–3 lists the S8 settings that call the routines; it also provides a short description
of each routine.
Three of the routines—the RAM, ARCTAN, and CTC tests—run automatically
each time the instrument is powered up. If any of these fail, the front-panel
UNLOCKED LED lights, and the routine runs again. The VITS inserter will not
lock to program video until it successfully completes the power-up diagnostics.

Maintenance
Figure 7–3: Diagnostics switch, S8
To run a user diagnostic (including those run at power up), set S8 to the position
for the desired diagnostic and then cycle the power off and on. The processor
then runs through the power up process, polls the diagnostic port, and runs the
selected diagnostic.
Table 7–3: The User Diagnostics
Diagnostic
Switch (S8) Test Result
Setting Test Description Indication
0 None Normal setting, no diagnostics.
1 Not Used
2 RAM Tests Writes to and then reads from all In the event of fail-
PRAM locations in the genlock IC ure, the UNLOCKED
(A1U29 ); compares “read” data to LED lights and the
written. Writes to and reads from all instrument does not
sample RAM locations in the genlock lock to program (in-
IC; compares read data to written. put) video.
This test runs once during power-up
diagnostics.
3 ARCTAN PROM Computes the checksum of the In the event of fail-
Test arctangent EPROM (A1U33) and ure, the UNLOCKED
compares the value with one that LED lights and the
has been written in the processor instrument does not
EPROM. When selected through the lock to program (in-
diagnostic switch, the test runs put) video.
continuously. During power up
diagnostics, it runs once.

Maintenance
Table 7–3: The User Diagnostics (Cont.)
Diagnostic
Switch (S8) Test Result
Setting Test Description Indication
4 CTC Test Sets up the Counter Timer Chip In the event of fail-
(CTC, A1U30), and checks to see ure, the UNLOCKED
that the timers can generate inter- LED lights and the
rupts. Each of the four CTC sections instrument does not
should interrupt after the 4096 lock to program (in-
processor clock cycles. If any CTC put) video.
section does not interrupt within the
allocated time, the test fails. This
test runs once during power-up
diagnostics.
5 Not Used
6 Not Used
7 Port test Used to check the data and load ED0–ED7 bus
paths connected to the I/O ports. should show a binary
Counts from 0 –255 on the I/O ports count pattern when
(the ED0–ED7 bus) of the micropro- viewed with an oscil-
cessor system. loscope
8 VCO DAC test Used to check the VCO DAC and Ramp may be
Integrator. Generates a field rate viewed at A1J12–2.
ramp at the VCO DAC for checking
the genlock DAC.
9 Sampler test 1 Used to check the Genlock Acquisi-
tion circuitry. This test acquires a
sample of sync and burst via the
genlock input and then reconstructs
the sampled sync and burst at
equivalent time through the VCO
DAC A1J12–2. A1C46 (schematic 6)
must be shorted out for this test.
A Sampler test 2 Sets up the genlock acquisition Use an oscilloscope
system to sample incoming video to check for correct
continuously. Used for checking genlock timing
acquisition timing. pulses on CTC
A1U30 pins 20–23.
Trigger on input
video.
B Not Used
C Not Used
D Not Used
E Not Used
F Not Used

Maintenance

This section contains a list of the electrical components for the VITS100 NTSC
VITS Inserter. Use this list to identify and order replacement parts.
Parts Ordering Information

Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or
representative.
Changes to Tektronix products are sometimes made to accommodate improved
components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest
improvements. Therefore, when ordering parts, it is important to include the
following information in your order.
H Part number
H Instrument type or model number
H Instrument serial number
H Instrument modification number, if applicable
If you order a part that has been replaced with a different or improved part, your
local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any
change in part number.
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.
Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List

The tabular information in the Replaceable Electrical Parts List is arranged for
quick retrieval. Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you
find all of the information you need for ordering replacement parts. The
following table describes each column of the electrical parts list.

Parts List Column Descriptions
Column Column Name Description

1 Component Number The component number appears on diagrams and circuit board illustrations, located in the diagrams
section. Assembly numbers are clearly marked on each diagram and circuit board illustration in the
Diagrams section, and on the mechanical exploded views in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list
section. The component number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the circuit
number (see Component Number illustration following this table).
The electrical parts list is arranged by assemblies in numerical sequence (A1, with its subassem-
blies and parts, precedes A2, with its subassemblies and parts).
Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefix, and they are located at the end of the
electrical parts list.
2 Tektronix Part Number Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix.
3 and 4 Serial Number Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective. Column four indicates
the serial number at which the part was discontinued. No entry indicates the part is good for all
serial numbers.
5 Name & Description An item name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an item
name may sometimes appear as incomplete. Use the U.S. Federal Catalog handbook H6-1 for
further item name identification.
6 Mfr. Code This indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the part.
7 Mfr. Part Number This indicates the actual manufacturer’s or vendor’s part number.
Abbreviations Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI Y1.1–1972.
Component Number Component Number
A23A2R1234 A23 A2 R1234
Assembly number Subassembly Number Circuit Number

(optional)
Read: Resistor 1234 (of Subassembly 2) of Assembly 23
List of Assemblies A list of assemblies is located at the beginning of the electrical parts list. The
assemblies are listed in numerical order. When a part’s complete component
number is known, this list will identify the assembly in which the part is located.
Chassis Parts Chassis-mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the
Replaceable Electrical Parts List.
Mfr. Code to Manufacturer The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes, names, and addresses
Cross Index of manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list.

Manufacturers Cross Index, Electrical Parts
Mfr.
Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip Code
00213 NYTRONICS COMPONENTS GROUP INC ORANGE ST DARLINGTON SC 29532
SUBSIDIARY OF NYTRONICS INC
00779 AMP INC 2800 FULLING MILL HARRISBURG PA 17105
PO BOX 3608
01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC 13500 N CENTRAL EXPY DALLAS TX 75262–5303
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP PO BOX 655303
02875 HUDSON TOOL AND DIE CO INC 18 MALVERN ST NEWARK NJ 07105–1511
04222 AVX/KYOCERA 19TH AVE SOUTH MYRTLE BEACH SC 29577
DIV OF AVX CORP P O BOX 867
04713 MOTOROLA INC 5005 E MCDOWELL RD PHOENIX AZ 85008–4229
SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR
05276 ITT POMONA ELECTRONICS DIV 1500 E 9TH ST POMONA CA 91766–3835
PO BOX 2767
06090 RAYCHEM CORP 300 CONSTITUTION DRV MENLO PARK CA 94025–1111
09023 CORNELL–DUBILIER ELECTRONICS 2652 DALRYMPLE ST SANFORD NC 27330
DIV FEDERAL PACIFIC ELECTRIC CO
09922 BURNDY CORP 1 RICHARDS AVE NORWALK CT 06856
0B0A9 DALLAS SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 4350 BELTWOOD PKWY SOUTH DALLAS TX 75244
0GV52 SCHAFFNER EMC INC 9–B FADEM ROAD SPRINGFIELD, NJ 07081
0H1N5 TOSHIBA MARCON ELECTRONICS 998 FIRST EDGE DRV VERNON HILLS IL 60061
AMERICA CORPORATION
0JR03 ZMAN MAGNETICS INC 7633 S 180th KENT WA 98032
0JR04 TOSHIBA AMERICA INC 9775 TOLEDO WAY IRVINE CA 92718
ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS DIV
0JR05 TRIQUEST CORP 3000 LEWIS AND CLARK HWY VANCOUVER WA 98661–2999
0KB01 STAUFFER SUPPLY 810 SE SHERMAN PORTLAND OR 97214
0LUA3 PHILIPS COMPONENTS 100 PROVIDENCE PIKE SLATERSVILLE, RI 02876
0MS63 QUALITY TECHNOLOGIES CORP 610 N MARY AVENUE SUNNYVALE CA 94086
11236 CTS CORPORATION 406 PARR ROAD BERNE IN 46711–9506
RESISTOR NETWORKS DIVISION
11502 IRC, INC PO BOX 1860 BOONE NC 28607–1860
12969 MICROSEMI CORPORATION 530 PLEASANT STREET WATERTOWN MA 02172
WATERTOWN DIVISION
13103 THERMALLOY CO INC 2021 W VALLEY VIEW LN DALLAS TX 75381
PO BOX 810839
14936 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP 600 W JOHN ST HICKSVILLE NY 11802–0709
POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DIV
15454 KETEMA 2900 BLUE STAR STREET ANAHEIM CA 92806–2591
RODAN DIVISION
15513 DATA DISPLAY PRODUCTS 301 CORAL CIR EL SEGUNDO CA 90245–4620
17856 SILICONIX INC 2201 LAURELWOOD RD SANTA CLARA CA 95054–1516
18565 CHOMERICS INC 77 DRAGON COURT WOBURN MA 01801–1039

Manufacturers Cross Index, Electrical Parts (Cont.)
Mfr.
18796 MURATA ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA 1900 W COLLEGE AVE STATE COLLEGE PA 16801–2723
INC.
STATE COLLEGE OPERATIONS
19701 PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PROD- PO BOX 760 MINERAL WELLS TX 76067–0760
UCTS
DIV RESISTIVE PRODUCTS FACILITY
AIRPORT ROAD
1CH66 PHILIPS SEMICONDUCTORS 811 E ARQUES AVENUE SUNNYVALE CA 94088–3409
PO BOX 3409
22526 BERG ELECTRONICS INC (DUPONT) 857 OLD TRAIL RD ETTERS PA 17319
24355 ANALOG DEVICES INC 1 TECHNOLOGY DRV NORWOOD MA 02062
24546 DALE ELECTRONICS 550 HIGH ST BRADFORD PA 16701–3737
A VISHAY INTERTECHNOLOGY INC CO
26364 COMPONENTS CORP 6 KINSEY PLACE DENVILLE NJ 07834–2611
27014 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR SANTA CLARA CA 95051–0606
2K262 BOYD CORP 6136 NE 87th AVE PORTLAND OR 97220
PO BOX 20038
31223 MICRO PLASTICS INC 20821 DEARBORN ST CHATSWORTH CA 91311–5916
31918 ITT SCHADOW INC 8081 WALLACE RD EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344–2224
33096 COLORADO CRYSTAL CORP 2303 W 8TH ST LOVELAND CO 80537–5268
34335 ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES 901 THOMPSON PL SUNNYVALE CA 94086–3413
PO BOX 3453
34371 HARRIS CORP 200 PALM BAY BLVD MELBOURNE FL 32919
HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS PO BOX 883
GROUP
48726 UNITRODE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS CORP 7 CONTINENTAL BLVD MERRIMACK NH 03054–0399
(UICC) PO BOX 399
50139 ALLEN–BRADLEY CO 1414 ALLEN BRADLEY DR EL PASO TX 79936
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
51406 MURATA ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA INC 2200 LAKE PARK DR SMYRNA GA 30080
HEADQUARTERS AND GEORGIA OPERATIONS
52763 STETCO INC 3344 SCHIERHORN FRANKLIN PARK IL 60131
53387 3M COMPANY 3M AUSTIN CENTER AUSTIN TX 78769–2963
ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS DIV
54937 DEYOUNG MANUFACTURING INC 12920 NE 125TH WAY KIRKLAND WA 98034–7716
55285 BERGQUIST CO INC THE 5300 EDINA INDUSTRIAL BLVD MINNEAPOLIS MN 55435–3707
55680 NICHICON /AMERICA/ CORP 927 E STATE PKY SCHAUMBURG IL 60195–4526
56708 ZILOG INC 1315 DELL AVE CAMPBELL CA 95008–6609
56845 DALE ELECTRONICS INC 2300 RIVERSIDE BLVD NORFOLK NE 68701–2242
PO BOX 74
57668 ROHM CORPORATION 15375 BARRANCA PARKWAY IRVINE CA 92718
SUITE B207
59492 QUARTZTEK INC 20 S 48TH AVE PHOENIX AZ 85043–3820

Mfr.
5Y400 TRIAX METAL PRODUCTS INC 1800 NW 216TH AVE HILLSBORO OR 97124–6629
DIV OF BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO
61429 FOX ELECTRONICS 5842 CORPORATION CIRCLE FOR MEYERS FL 33905
DIV OF FOX ELECTRONICS INC
61529 AROMAT CORP 629 CENTRAL AVE NEW PROVIDENCE NJ 07974
61935 SCHURTER INC 1016 CLEGG COURT PETALUMA CA 94952–1152
62643 UNITED CHEMICON INC 9801 W HIGGINS ST ROSEMONT, IL 60018–4771
SUITE 430
64154 LAMB INDUSTRIES INC 4826 SW SCHOLLS FERRY ROAD PORTLAND OR 97225
64762 ELANTEC INC 1996 TAROB COURT MILPITAS CA 95035–6824
66302 VLSI TECHNOLOGY INC 1109 MCKAY DR SAN JOSE CA 95131–1706
71400 BUSSMANN 114 OLD STATE RD ST LOUIS MO 63178
DIV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC PO BOX 14460
75042 IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 401 N BROAD ST PHILADELPHIA PA 19108–1001
PHILADELPHIA DIV
TRW FIXED RESISTORS
75498 MULTICOMP INC 3005 SW 154TH TERRACE #3 BEAVERTON OR 97006
80009 TEKTRONIX INC 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR BEAVERTON OR 97077–0001
PO BOX 500
81073 GRAYHILL INC 561 HILLGROVE AVE LA GRANGE IL 60525–5914
PO BOX 10373
91293 JOHANSON MFG CO 400 ROCKWAY VALLEY RD BOONTON NJ 07005
91637 DALE ELECTRONICS INC 2064 12TH AVE COLUMBUS NE 68601–3632
PO BOX 609
D5243 ROEDERSTEIN ERNST GMBH LUDMILLASTRASSE 23 8300 LANDSHUT GERMANY
TK0213 TOPTRON CORP TOKYO JAPAN
TK0409 HUMKE KEN R 2211 NW NICOLAI PORTLAND OR 97208
PO BOX 5128
TK0435 LEWIS SCREW CO 4300 S RACINE AVE CHICAGO IL 60609–3320
TK0515 EVOX–RIFA INC 100 TRI–STATE INTERNATIONAL LINCOLNSHIRE IL 60015
SUITE 290
TK0679 DILECTRON INC 2669 S MRYTLE AVE MONROVIA CA 91016
TK0891 MICONICS 1 FAIRCHILD AVE PLAINVIEW NY 11803
TK0977 ELECTRICAL INSULATION SUPPLIERS, INC 3549 N W YEON PORTLAND OR 97210
–(DIST)
TK1547 MOORE ELECTRONICS INC (DIST) 19500 SW 90TH COURT TUALATIN OR 97062
PO BOX 1030
TK1727 PHILIPS NEDERLAND BV POSTBUS 90050 5600 PB EINDHOVEN THE NETHERLANDS
AFD ELONCO
TK1743 UNITRODE (UK) LTD 6 CRESSWELL PARK LONDON SE 3 9RD ENGLAND
BLACKHEATH
TK1828 LITE SPECIALTY METAL WORKS 20460 SW AVERY CT TUALATIN OR 97062
TK1913 WIMA 2269 SAW MILL RIVER ROAD ELMSFORD NY 10523
THE INTER–TECHNICAL GROUP IND PO BOX 127

Mfr.
TK1989 GASKET SPECIALTIES 4968 NE 122ND AVE PORTLAND OR 97220
TK2058 TDK CORPORATION OF AMERICA 1600 FEEHANVILLE DRV MOUNT PROSPECT, IL 60056
TK2073 TOKYO AMERICA INC 565 W GULF ROAD ARLINGTON HEIGHTS IL 60005
TK2096 KELVIN ASSOCIATES 14724 VENTURA BLVD SHERMAN OAKS CA 91403–3501
SUITE 1003
TK2262 RPM ENTERPRISES 3305 W CASTOR ST SANTA ANA CA 92704
SUB OF MICROSEMI CORP
TK2598 MAXIM – ASIC 120 SAN GABRIEL DRV SUNNYVALE, CA 94086

Replaceable Electrical Parts List
Component Tektronix Serial No. Serial No. Mfr.

Number Part Number Effective Discont’d Name & Description Code Mfr. Part Number
(BEGIN STANDARD ONLY)
A1 671–2132–01 B010100 B010112 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER 80009 671213201
A1 671–2132–14 B020323 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER 80009 671213214
(END STANDARD ONLY)
(BEGIN OPTION 1J ONLY)

(END OPTION 1J ONLY)
(BEGIN OPTION 1M ONLY)

(END OPTION 1M ONLY)
(BEGIN OPTION 02 ONLY)

(END OPTION 02 ONLY)
A1A1 119–4328–00 B010100 B010195 OVEN ASSEMBLY:VITS100/200,28MHZ 80009 119432800

A1A1 119–4328–02 B020323 OVEN ASSEMBLY:VITS100/200,28MHZ 80009 119432802
*ATTACHED PARTS*
131–0157–00 TERMINAL,PIN:0.25 L X 0.04 OD,BRS,SLDR PL 05276 013–100–1000–47
*END ATTACHED PARTS*

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

A1C1 281–0775–01 CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 04222 SA105E104MAA
A1C2 281–0809–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X0.170 04222 SA101A201JAA
A1C3 290–0990–00 CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8X11.5 55680 UET1H100MPH
A1C4 281–0765–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:100PF,5%,100V 04222 SA102A101JAA
A1C5 283–0100–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,200V 04222 SR302A472KAA
A1C6 283–0129–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.56UF,20%,100V 04222 SR501C564MAA
A1C7 281–0773–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V TK1743 CGB103KEX
A1C8 281–0925–01 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.22UF,20%,50V,Z5U.0.170 X 0.120 04222 SA115E224MAA
A1C9 281–0707–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,10%,200V 04222 MA302C153KAA
A1C11 283–0100–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,200V 04222 SR302A472KAA
A1C14 290–0782–01 CAP,FXD,ALUM:4.7UF,20%,35V,ESR=42.33 OHM (120HZ,20C) 55680 UVX1V4R7MAA1TD
A1C15 281–0772–00 B020295 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;4700PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 04222 SA101C472KAA
A1C16 290–0782–01 CAP,FXD,ALUM:4.7UF,20%,35V,ESR=42.33 OHM (120HZ,20C) 55680 UVX1V4R7MAA1TD
A1C18 281–0909–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.022UF,20%,50V,0.100 X TK2058 DA12X7R1H223M–T
A1C19 281–0757–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;10PF,10%,200V,NPO,0.100 04222 SA102A100KAA
A1C20 281–0810–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;5.6PF,+/–0.5PF,100V,0.100 X 0.170 04222 SA102A5R6DAA
A1C21 281–0819–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;33 PF,5%,50V,0.100 X 0.170 04222 SA102A330JAA
A1C22 283–0177–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V 04222 SR303E105ZAA
A1C31 283–0108–00 B020301 CAP,FXD,CER DI:220PF,10%,200V 04222 SR152A221KAA
A1C36 290–0942–00 CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+100–10%,25V,ALUMINUM 0H1N5 CEUFM1E101
A1C39 281–0928–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:150PF,5% 04222 SA101A151JAA
A1C40 281–0862–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,20%,100V,X7R,0.100 X 0.170 04222 SA101C102MAA
A1C42 281–0862–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,20%,100V,X7R,0.100 X 0.170 04222 SA101C102MAA
A1C52 283–0633–00 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:77PF,1%,100V TK0891 RDM15ED770F03


A1C59 281–0757–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;10PF,10%,200V,NPO,0.100 04222 SA102A100KAA
A1C65 283–0690–00 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:560PF,1%,300V TK0891 RDM15FC561F03
A1C66 283–0647–01 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:70PF,1%,500V,TAPE & AMMO PACK 09023 CDA15ED700F03
A1C67 283–0156–00 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,+80–20%,200VSQUARE 04222 SR152E102ZAA
A1C67 283–0000–04 B010230 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,+100–0X,500V,T&A 18796 DD05–90HAY5U102
A1C73 283–0648–01 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:10PF,5%,500VTAPED & REELED TK0891 RDM15CD100D03
A1C74 283–0600–01 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:43PF,5%,500VTAPE & AMMO PACK 09023 CDA10ED430J03
A1C75 283–0615–01 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:33PF,5%,500V,TAPE & AMMO PACK 09023 CDA15ED330J03
A1C76 283–0768–00 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:132 PF,1%,500V TK0891 RDM15FD132OFO3
A1C77 283–0769–00 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:278 PF,1%,500V TK0891 RDM15FD278OFO3
A1C78 283–0788–00 CAP,FXD,MICA DI:267PF,1%,500V TK0891 RDM15FD2670F03
A1C84 285–1252–00 CAP,FXD,PLASTIC:0.15UF,10%,250VAC D5243 F1772–415–2000
A1C85 285–1196–00 CAP,FXD,PPR DI:0.01UF,20%,250V TK0515 PME 290 MB 5100
A1C86 285–1196–00 CAP,FXD,PPR DI:0.01UF,20%,250V TK0515 PME 290 MB 5100
A1C87 283–0211–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,10%,200V 04222 SR302C104KAA
A1C88 283–0481–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:220PF,10%,250VAC 18796 DE7090B221KVA1–
A1C91 290–1069–00 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,ALUM:1000UF,20%,6.3V,12.5MM X 25MM 55680 UPL1E102MHH
A1C91 290–1301–00 B010230 CAP,FXD,ALUM:2700UF,20%,10V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180) 0H1N5 CEEFM1A272M7
A1C92 290–1292–00 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,ALUM:4700UF,20%,6.3V,23 X 32MM;RADIAL 62643 767D472M6R3HE1C
A1C96 285–1331–00 CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.47UF,5%,400V TK1913 MKS4 .47/400/5
A1C97 285–1329–00 CAP,FXD,PLSTC:MTLZD FILM;680PF,10%,1600V TK1913 FKP1 680/1600/1
A1C99 290–0755–00 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+50%–20%,10WVDC 0H1N5 CEUSM1C101
A1C99 290–0973–01 B010230 CAP,FXD,ALUM:100UF,20%,25VDC 55680 UVX1E101MEA1TA
A1C102 290–1034–00 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,ALUM:330UF,20%,25V,13 X 25MM 55680 UPL1J331MHH
A1C102 290–1302–00 B010230 CAP,FXD,ALUM:1000UF,20%,35V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180) 0H1N5 CEEFM1V102M7
A1C103 290–1034–00 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,ALUM:330UF,20%,25V,13 X 25MM 55680 UPL1J331MHH
A1C103 290–1302–00 B010230 CAP,FXD,ALUM:1000UF,20%,35V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180) 0H1N5 CEEFM1V102M7
A1C104 290–0943–00 CAP,FXD,ALUM:47UF,+50–20%,25V,6 X 11MM 0H1N5 CEUSM1E470–Q
A1C105 290–0943–00 CAP,FXD,ALUM:47UF,+50–20%,25V,6 X 11MM 0H1N5 CEUSM1E470–Q


A1C110 290–1291–00 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,ALUM:150UF,20%,400V,30 X 30MM;SNAPIN,105 DEG 0H1N5 CEAUF2G151M30
A1C111 281–0773–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V TK1743 CGB103KEX
A1C114 283–0197–02 CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%,50VTAPED & REELED 04222 SR591A471JAAAP1
A1C117 283–0024–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.1UF,20%,50V,X7R,0.200 04222 SR215C104MAA
A1C118 283–0359–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,200V 04222 SR212A102KAA
A1C119 283–0863–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:CER CHIP,0.1UF,20%,25V,TYPE X7R 12969 24D104MBX
A1C120 283–0863–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:CER CHIP,0.1UF,20%,25V,TYPE X7R 12969 24D104MBX
A1C155 281–0775–01 B010100 B010229 CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 04222 SA105E104MAA


A1C165 281–0265–00 CAP,VAR,CER DI:5.2–30PF,100V 51406 TZ03R300FR169
A1C175 281–0809–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X0.170 04222 SA101A201JAA
A1C182 281–0759–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;22PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170 04222 SA102A220KAA
A1C183 281–0819–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;33 PF,5%,50V,0.100 X 0.170 04222 SA102A330JAA
A1C185 283–0359–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,200V 04222 SR212A102KAA
A1C500 290–0943–02 CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,20%,25VTAPED & REELED 55680 UVX1E470MDA1TD
A1C501 283–0221–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.47UF,20%,50V 04222 SR305C474MAA
A1C504 290–1313–00 CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8 X 11MM;105 DEG,RADIAL 55680 UET1H100MPH1TA
A1C505 290–1313–00 CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8 X 11MM;105 DEG,RADIAL 55680 UET1H100MPH1TA
A1C507 281–0782–00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:33 PF,10%,500V 52763 2RDPZZ007 33POK
A1C508 283–0177–05 CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V 04222 SR303E105ZAAAP1
A1C509 283–0223–00 B010230 CAP,FXD,CER DI:3PF,+/–5PF,50V TK0679 TC501–NPO–309D
A1C510 281–0775–01 B010230 CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 04222 SA105E104MAA
A1C511 281–0775–01 B010230 CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170 04222 SA105E104MAA
A1E1 337–1417–00 B010100 B010229 SHIELD,ELEC:0.55 SQ X 0.685 INCH HIGH 02875 SO–9649–CN
A1CR5 152–0141–02 DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF 27014 FDH9427
A1CR9 152–0601–01 DIODE,RECT:ULTRA FAST;150V,25NS,35A IFSM 04713 MUR115RL
A1CR12 152–0497–00 DIODE,RECT:BRIDGE,600V,1.5A,1.05VF 14936 2KBP06M
A1CR13 152–0582–00 DIODE,RECT:SCHTKY;20V,3A,.475VF,80A IFSM 04713 1N5820


A1CR14 152–0884–00 DIODE,RECT:SCHTKY;35V,16A,150A IFSM,630MVF 04713 MBR1635
*ATTACHED PARTS*
210–0586–00 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4–40 X 0.25,STL CD PL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC
210–1178–00 WASHER,SHLDR:U/W TO–220 XSTR 13103 7721–7PPS
211–0097–00 SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.312,PNH,STL TK0435 ORDER BY DESC
214–2953–00 HEAT SINK,SEMIC:XSTR,TO–220;VERTICALMOUNT,SLOT 13103 6030B–TT
HOLE,(3)SOLDERABLE TABS,COPPER,BLACK PAINT
342–0563–00 INSULATOR,PLATE:XSTR,FBRGL REINFORCED SILICON RBR 18565 69–11–8805–1674
A1CR19 152–1085–00 DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;1000V,1A,30A IFSM,75NS SOFT RCVRY 0LUA3 BYV26E
A1CR20 152–1085–00 DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;1000V,1A,30A IFSM,75NS SOFT RCVRY 0LUA3 BYV26E
A1CR25 152–0964–00 DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;ARRAY,6 COM CATH/COM ANODE TK2262 DM 308BT100SP–4
PAIR,12 DIODES,50V,200MA,4NS,2.5PF
A1CR27 152–0964–00 B010230 DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;ARRAY,6 COM CATH/COM ANODE TK2262 DM 308BT100SP–4
A1DS1 150–1090–00 DIODE,OPTO:LED;RED,626NM,4MCD AT 10MA,60 DEG VIEW 15513 SP850211
ANGLE,RT ANGLE MT W/EVEN SHEARED LEADS
A1DS2 150–1120–00 DIODE,OPTO:LED;AMBER,583NM,8MCD AT 20MA,T1 15513 PCL200–BA
A1DS3 150–1111–00 LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN,D565NM,35MA 15513 PCL200–MG
A1DS4 150–0035–00 LAMP,GLOW:NEON;90V,0.3MA,AID–T,WIRE LD TK0213 JH005/3011JA
A1E1 337–1417–00 B010100 B010229 SHIELD,ELEC:0.55 SQ X 0.685 INCH HIGH 02875 SO–9649–CN
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1F1 159–0032–00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,SLOW BLOW 71400 MDL 1/2
*MOUNTING PARTS*
200–2264–00 CAP,FUSEHOLDER:3AG FUSES 61935 FEK 031 1666
204–0906–00 BODY,FUSEHOLDER:3AG & 5 X 20MM FUSES 61935 TYPE FAU 031.35
*END MOUNTING PARTS*
A1J2 131–3364–00 CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,2 X 17,0.1 CTR,0.365D 53387 2534–6002UB
A1J3 131–3323–00 CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,2 X 20,0.1 CTR,0.365D 22526 66506–025
A1J4 131–3364–00 CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,2 X 17,0.1 CTR,0.365D 53387 2534–6002UB
A1J5 131–0608–00 CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248 22526 48283–018
MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 3)


(QUANTITY 3)
A1J10 131–3378–00 CONN,RF JACK:BNC;50 OHM,FEMALE,RTANG,PCB/REAR 00779 227677–1
PNL,0.5–28 THD,0.625 H X 0.187 TAIL,W/O
A1J11 131–0787–00 TERMINAL,PIN:PCB/PRESSFIT;MALE,STR,0.025 SQ,0.448 MLG 22526 47359–001
X 0.137 TAIL,0.600 L,PHOS BRZ,50 GOLD
(QUANTITY 5)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 3)
PNL,0.5–28 THD,0.625 H X 0.187 TAIL,W/O
PNL,0.5–28 THD,0.625 H X 0.187 TAIL,W/O
(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 16)
(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 10)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 2)


(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 2)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 3)
(QUANTITY 3)
A1K2 148–0232–00 RELAY,ARM:2 FORM C,75 OHM,COIL,12V 411 OHM,CON- 61529 RG2E–12V
TACTS,24VDC 1A,INSERTION LOSS 1DB MAX @900MHZ
A1L1 108–0459–00 B010100 B010229 COIL,RF:FIXED,39.5UH 0JR03 108–0459–00
A1L1 108–1544–00 B010230 COIL,RF:IDCTR;FXD,39.5UH,10%,Q=100,TAPPED,SHIELDED 0JR03 108–1544–00 (Z–
*ATTACHED PARTS*
162–0532–00 INSUL SLVG,ELEC:HT SHRINK,0.375 IDPOLYOLEFIN,BLK,0.022 06090 VERSAFIT
A1L2 108–0215–00 COIL,RF:INDUCTOR;FXD,1.1UH,10%,38AWG,31 TURNS 0JR03 108–0215–00
A1L3 108–0215–00 COIL,RF:INDUCTOR;FXD,1.1UH,10%,38AWG,31 TURNS 0JR03 108–0215–00
A1L6 108–0912–00 COIL,RF:FIXED,83NH 0JR03 108–0912–00
A1L12 114–0364–00 COIL,RF:VARIABLE,1.42–1.68UHPOT CORE 54937 500–3893
A1L13 114–0364–00 COIL,RF:VARIABLE,1.42–1.68UHPOT CORE 54937 500–3893
A1L14 114–0463–00 COIL,RF:VAR 0.90UH – 1.07UH, PRESET/SECURED 54937 500–4752
A1L15 108–1263–00 IDCTR,FXD:PWR;10UH,10%,I<2.1A,RDC<0.043 OHM,Q>20 TK2058 TSL0707–100K1R9
A1L16 108–0554–00 IDCTR,FXD:PWR;5UH,20%,I<10A,DCR<0.01 OHM,17.5 0JR03 108–0554–00
A1L17 108–0959–00 COIL,RF:FIXED,150UH 0JR03 108–0959–00
A1L18 108–1212–00 COIL,RF:FIXED,9UH,2% 0JR03 108–1212–00
A1L19 108–1212–00 COIL,RF:FIXED,9UH,2% 0JR03 108–1212–00
A1L20 108–1204–00 COIL,RF:FIXED,1.51 UH,1% 0JR03 108–1204–00
A1L21 108–1206–00 COIL,RF:FIXED,413NH,1% 0JR03 108–1206–00
A1LF1 119–1946–00 FILTER,RFI:1A,250V,400HZ W/PC TERMINAL 0GV52 FN326–1/02–K–D–
A1P5 131–0993–02 BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,RED 00779 1–850100–O
A1P9 131–0993–05 BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,GREEN 00779 850100–5


A1P34 131–0993–02 B010230 BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,RED 00779 1–850100–O
A1Q1 151–0190–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,AMPL 04713 2N3904
A1Q4 151–0622–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,1.0A,50MHZ,AMPL 04713 MPS6727
A1Q5 151–0710–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,1.0A,50MHZ,AMPL 04713 MPSW01A
A1Q6 151–0342–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;60V,50MA,40MHZ,AMPL 04713 MPS4249
A1Q7 151–0341–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;45V,50MA,40MHZ,AMPL 04713 MPS6520
A1Q9 151–0656–00 XSTR,PWR:BIPOLAR,NPN;80V,8.0A,4.0MHZ,DARLINGTON,AMPL 04713 2N6044
A1Q12 151–0254–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPLAR,NPN;30V,500MA,125MHZ,AMPL,DARLINGTON 0JR04 MPS–A14
A1Q15 151–0528–00 THYRISTOR,PWR:BIPOLAR,SCR;50V,16A RMS,PHASE 04713 2N6400
A1Q16 151–0908–00 XSTR,PWR:BIPOLAR,NPN;500V VCEO,1000VVCEV,5A 04713 MJH16002A
*ATTACHED PARTS*
210–0589–00 NUT,SLFLKG,HEX:4–40 X 0.246,STL CD PL TK0409 CF22NM40
214–2953–00 HEAT SINK,SEMIC:XSTR,TO–220;VERTICAL MOUNT,SLOT 13103 6030B–TT
HOLE,(3)SOLDERABLE TABS,COPPER,BLACK PAINT
342–0354–00 INSULATOR,PLATE:XSTR,SILICONE RUBBER 2K262 342–0354–00
A1Q17 151–1171–00 XSTR,PWR:MOS,N–CH;50V,12A,0.12 OHM 04713 MTP15N05E
A1Q18 151–0188–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,AMPL 04713 2N3906
A1R3 307–0539–00 RES NTWK,FXD,FI:(7)510 OHM,10%,1W 11236 750–81–R510 OHM
A1R4 307–0539–00 RES NTWK,FXD,FI:(7)510 OHM,10%,1W 11236 750–81–R510 OHM
A1R5 307–0650–00 RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,2.7K OHM,5%,0.150W 11236 750–101–R2.7K


A1R6 307–0446–00 RES NTWK,FXD,FI:10K OHM,20%,(9)RES 11236 750–101–R10K
A1R10 322–3235–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 91637 CCF501G27400F
A1R18 322–3306–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF50–2–G1502F
A1R19 322–3147–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;332 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF501G332R0F
A1R20 322–3318–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF501G20001F
A1R25 322–3126–01 RES,FXD,FILM:200 OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=TOSMALL BODY 91637 CCF501G200R0D
A1R28 322–3258–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 56845 CCF50–2–G4751FT
A1R29 322–3482–02 RES,FXD,FILM:14.2K OHM,5%,0.2W,TC=TO 91637 CCF501D14201D
A1R30 311–2230–00 RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;500 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ TK2073 GF06UT2 501 M L
A1R31 322–3304–00 RES,FXD,FILM:14.3K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0TAPED & 91637 CCF50G14301F
A1R32 322–3143–00 B010100 B020300 RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF501G301ROF
A1R32 322–3154–00 B020301 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;392 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF501G392R0F
A1R33 311–2226–00 B010100 B010169 RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;50 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ TK2073 GF06UT2 500 M L
A1R33 311–2227–00 B010170 B020300 RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;100 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ TK2073 GF06UT2 101 M L
A1R33 311–2228–00 B020301 RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;200 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ TK2073 GF06UT2 201 M L
A1R34 322–3143–00 B010100 B020300 RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF501G301ROF
A1R34 322–3154–00 B020301 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;392 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF501G392R0F
A1R37 322–3143–00 RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF501G301ROF
A1R40 311–2238–00 RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;50K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ TK2073 GF06UT2 503 M L
A1R41 322–3392–00 RES,FXD,FILM:118K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL 91637 CCF501G11802F
A1R45 322–3373–00 RES,FXD,FILM:75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF501G75001F
A1R46 322–3177–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;681 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF50–2G681R0F
A1R50 322–3223–00 RES,FXD,FILM:2.05K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF501G20500F


A1R54 322–3443–00 RES,FXD,FILM:402K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL 91637 CCF501G40202F
A1R56 322–3231–00 RES,FXD,FILM:2.49K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF50–1G24900F
A1R57 322–3243–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;3.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 91637 CCF50–1–G33200F
A1R66 317–0047–00 RES,FXD,CMPSN:4.7 OHM,5%,0.125W 50139 BB47G5
A1R67 317–0047–00 RES,FXD,CMPSN:4.7 OHM,5%,0.125W 50139 BB47G5
A1R68 322–3165–00 RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF501G511R0F
A1R72 322–3230–00 RES,FXD,FILM:2.43K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF50–2–G2431FT
A1R76 322–3250–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;3.92K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 91637 CCF50–2F39200F
A1R79 322–3414–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;200K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100PPM 91637 CCF501G20002F
A1R81 322–3414–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;200K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100PPM 91637 CCF501G20002F
A1R83 308–0677–00 RES,FXD,WW:1 OHM,5%,2W 75042 SPH 1 OHM 5 PER
A1R86 322–3442–00 RES,FXD,FILM:392K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL 91637 CCF50–2G39202F
A1R98 322–3039–00 RES,FXD,FILM:24.9 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF50–2–G24R90F
A1R103 322–3085–07 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=25 PPM 91637 CCF502–C75ROOB
T
A1R104 322–3114–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;150 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF50–2–G1500F


T
T
T
A1R114 322–1618–07 RES,FXD,FILM:400 OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=T9 91637 CCF501C400R0B
A1R123 322–3101–00 RES,FXD,FILM:110 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TOMI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF50–2G110R0F
A1R124 322–3167–00 RES,FXD,FILM:536 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 57668 CRB20 FXE 536E
A1R125 322–3482–02 RES,FXD,FILM:14.2K OHM,5%,0.2W,TC=TO 91637 CCF501D14201D
A1R137 322–3254–00 RES,FXD,FILM:4.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF502G4321FT
A1R138 322–3254–00 RES,FXD,FILM:4.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF502G4321FT
A1R143 315–0226–00 RES,FXD,FILM:22M OHM,5%,0.25W 50139 CB2265
A1R144 315–0105–00 RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,5%,0.25W TK1727 SFR25 2322–181–
A1R145 315–0106–00 RES,FXD,FILM:10M OHM,5%,0.25W TK1727 SFR25 2322–181–
A1R146 315–0102–00 RES,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,5%,0.25W TK1727 SFR25 2322–181–
A1R147 315–0270–00 RES,FXD,FILM:27 OHM,5%,0.25W TK1727 SFR25 2322–181–
A1R149 308–0585–00 B010100 B010229 RES,FXD,WW:50 OHM,0.5%,5W 91637 RS550R00D T/R
A1R149 308–0223–00 B010230 RES,FXD,WW:35 OHM,5%,3W 00213 1240S–35–5
A1R150 315–0100–00 RES,FXD,FILM:10 OHM,5%,0.25W, TK1727 SFR25 2322–182–
A1R151 315–0103–00 RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,5%,0.25W TK1727 SFR25 2322–181–
A1R152 322–3210–00 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF501G15000F
A1R153 301–0274–00 B010100 B010229 RES,FXD,FILM:270K OHM,5%,0.5W 19701 5053CX270K0J
A1R153 303–0274–00 B010230 RES,FXD,CMPSN:270K OHM,5%,1W 80009 303027400
A1R154 305–0104–00 RES,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,2W 11502 GF–3 OR GS–3 10
A1R155 308–0555–00 RES,FXD,WW:5 OHM,5%,3W 00213 1200S–5.0–5
A1R156 308–0555–00 RES,FXD,WW:5 OHM,5%,3W 00213 1200S–5.0–5
A1R157 301–0274–00 B010100 B010229 RES,FXD,FILM:270K OHM,5%,0.5W 19701 5053CX270K0J
A1R157 303–0274–00 B010230 RES,FXD,CMPSN:270K OHM,5%,1W 80009 303027400


A1R163 308–0806–00 RES,FXD,WW:45K,0.01%,0.125W,TC=5PPM TK2096 812–P 45 K .01P
A1R164 322–3347–00 RES,FXD,FILM:40.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY 91637 CCF50–2–G40201F
A1R184 322–3225–00 RES,FXD,FILM:2.15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 91637 CCF501G21500F
A1R215 322–3235–00 B010100 B010229 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 91637 CCF501G27400F
A1R217 307–1318–00 RES NTWK,FXD,FI:(2) 162 OHM,(2) 260 OHM,2%,0.125W 91637 CSC04B–05–162/2


A1R500 301–0105–00 B010100 B010229 RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,5%,0.50W 19701 5053CX1M000J
A1R500 303–0105–00 B010230 RES,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,1W 24546 FP32 OR FP1 1 M
A1R504 322–3385–00 B010100 B010229 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF501G10002F
A1R504 322–3289–00 B010230 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF50G10001F
A1R508 322–3318–00 B010230 RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM 91637 CCF501G20001F
A1RT1 307–0746–00 RES,THERMAL:5 OHM,10%,7A/DEG C 15454 SG200–S STRAI
A1RV1 307–0663–00 RES,V SENSITIVE:330 V,0.25 W 34371 V250LA4
A1S1 260–1721–00 SWITCH,ROCKER:8,SPST,125MA,30VDC 81073 76SB08S
A1S5 260–2447–00 SWITCH,ROCKER:SINGLE,RTANG 81073 76SB08S RA
A1S6 260–2447–00 SWITCH,ROCKER:SINGLE,RTANG 81073 76SB08S RA
A1S8 260–2126–00 SWITCH,ROTARY:MEMORY SELECTOR 64154 41J34G
A1S9 260–2443–00 SW,PWR:DPDT;PUSH PUSH ALT ACT,PC PINS,6A 250VAC/1A 31918 NE18–00–EE–N–47
100VDC,36A AC SURGE,RIGHT ANG MNT,W/HARD END
*ATTACHED PARTS*
366–1160–00 PUSH BUTTON:CHARCOAL,0.523 X 0.253 X 0.43 80009 366116000
A1S10 260–2443–00 SW,PWR:DPDT;PUSH PUSH ALT ACT,PC PINS,6A 250VAC/1A 31918 NE18–00–EE–N–47
100VDC,36A AC SURGE,RIGHT ANG MNT,W/HARD END
*ATTACHED PARTS*
366–1160–00 PUSH BUTTON:CHARCOAL,0.523 X 0.253 X 0.43 80009 366116000
A1T1 120–1831–00 TRANSFORMER,RF:FLYBACK,OUTPUTS +/–15 & +/–5 75498 128–8038–00
A1T2 120–1861–00 TRANSFORMER,RF:VAR 1.40 – 1.65UH, PRESET/SECURED TO 54937 500–4757
1.55 UH, +/– 1%Q=160, POT CORE
A1TP1 214–4085–00 TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP 26364 104–01–02
CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR


A1U1 156–1704–00 IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, 3–STATE 01295 SN74F374N
A1U3 156–1704–00 IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, 3–STATE 01295 SN74F374N
A1U4 160–8612–00 B010100 B010229 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED 80009 160861200
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U4 160–8867–00 B010100 B010136 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED 80009 160886700
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U4 160–8867–01 B010137 B010229 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8 80009 160886701
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U4 160–8612–02 B020295 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED 80009 160861202
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
A1U4 160–9755–00 B020288 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,RGTRD 80009 160975500
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–1038–00 SOCKET,DIP:PCB;STR,28 POS,2 X 14,0.1X 0.3CTR,0.185 H X 00779 2–382571–3
0.130 TAIL,TIN,BD RETENTION,BECU
(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*


(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U7 156–1909–00 IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,MUX;QUAD 2–TO–1 DATA SELECTOR 01295 SN74F157AN
A1U8 156–1702–00 B010100 B010229 IC,DIGITAL:TTL,REGISTER;10–BIT BFRED, NONINV, 3–STATE 34335 AM29821PC
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U8 156–1702–00 B010100 B010229 IC,DIGITAL:TTL,REGISTER;10–BIT BFRED, NONINV, 3–STATE 34335 AM29821PC
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U8 156–2063–00 B010230 IC,DGTL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL NONINV D–TYPE, 3–STATE 01295 SN74ALS374AN
A1U9 156–2289–00 IC,DIGITAL:ECL,TRANSLATOR;QUAD TTL–TO–ECL 04713 MC10H124P
A1U12 160–8601–00 B010100 B020244 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA 80009 160860100
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U12 160–8601–00 B010100 B020244 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA 80009 160860100
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U12 160–8601–01 B020245 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA 80009 160860101
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0752–00 SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,20 DIP 09922 DILB20P–108
A1U13 160–8606–00 B010100 B010229 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,W/3 STATE OUT 80009 160860600
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U13 160–8870–00 B010100 B010136 IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8 W/3–STATE OUT,27C256–250 80009 160887000
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U13 160–8870–01 B010137 B010229 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8 WITH 3 STATE OUT 80009 160887001
(OPTION 1J ONLY)


A1U13 160–8606–02 B020295 IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 16,150NS,OTP,27C210,PLCC44 80009 160860602
A1U13 160–8606–00 B020288 B020288 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,W/3 STATE OUT 80009 160860600
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
A1U13 160–8606–02 B020295 IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 16,150NS,OTP,27C210,PLCC44 80009 160860602
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
A1U13 160–9758–00 B020288 IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM,64K X 16,150NS,OTP;27C210,PLCC44 80009 160975800
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0755–00 SKT,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175 H 09922 DILB28P–108
X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022
A1U14 160–8602–00 B010100 B010229 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA 80009 160860200
(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0925–00 B010100 B010229 SKT,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130 00779 2–641932–3
TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS
(STANDARD ONLY)
136–0925–00 B010100 B010229 SKT,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130 00779 2–641932–3
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U15 160–8603–00 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA 80009 160860300
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0925–00 SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130 00779 2–641932–3
(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U16 160–8607–01 B010230 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA 80009 160860701
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U17 160–8604–01 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA 80009 160860401
(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U18 156–0470–02 IC,DIGITAL:LSTTL,MUX/ENCODER 01295 SN74LS251N


A1U22 156–2141–00 IC,DIGITAL:LSTTL,SHIFT REGISTER;8–BIT, WITH 01295 SN74LS597N
A1U23 156–2141–00 IC,DIGITAL:LSTTL,SHIFT REGISTER;8–BIT, WITH 01295 SN74LS597N
A1U24 160–8615–00 B010100 B010112 IC,DGTL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLK,16MACROCELL,35NS 80009 160861500
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U24 160–8615–01 B010113 B010229 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK 80009 160861501
(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U24 160–8615–01 B010113 B010229 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK 80009 160861501
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U24 160–8615–02 B010230 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK 80009 160861502
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U25 160–8609–00 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;16K X 8,150NS,27C128 80009 160860900
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0755–00 SOCKET,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175 09922 DILB28P–108
H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022
A1U26 156–1998–00 IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR 01295 SN74ALS273N
A1U27 160–8764–00 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;1K X 8,4ONS 80009 160876400
*MOUNTING PARTS*
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U28 160–8616–01 B010113 B020300 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,EP610,35NS,37MHZ 80009 160861601
(STANDARD ONLY)
(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U28 160–8616–01 B010113 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,EP610,35NS,37MHZ 80009 160861601
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*


A1U29 156–6117–00 IC,ASIC:CMOS,CUSTOM;Z80 GENLOCK IC,ADG236 66302 VF4697QC–CC0001
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0965–00 SOCKET,PLCC:PCB;84,0.05 CTR,0.360 H X0.125 00779 821573–1
A1U30 156–3715–00 IC,PROCESSOR:CMOS,PERIPHERAL;CNTR/TMRCRT,8MHZ 56708 Z84C3008PEC
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U31 156–3050–00 IC,MISC:CMOS,PWR SUPPLY SUPERVISOR;MPU RESET 0B0A9 DS1232
GENERATOR,5V SUPPLY SENSING,MPU WATCHDOG TIMER
A1U32 160–8610–00 B010100 B010229 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;16K X 8,120NS,27C512 80009 160861000
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U32 160–8610–00 B010100 B010229 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;16K X 8,120NS,27C512 80009 160861000
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U32 160–8610–03 B020289 B020300 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS 80009 160861003
A1U32 160–8610–05 B020301 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS 80009 160861005
A1U32 160–9525–00 B020288 IC,MEM:CMOS.EPROM;64 X 8,120NS,27C256–120,DIP28.6 80009 160952500
(OPTION 1M ONLY)
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
A1U32 160–8610–05 B020301 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS 80009 160861005
(OPTION 02 ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U33 160–8611–00 IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 8,150NS,27C512 80009 160861100
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U35 156–3728–00 IC,PROCESSOR:CMOS,MICROPROCESSOR;8–BIT,8MHZ 56708 Z84C0008PEC
*MOUNTING PARTS*
H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015 X 0.014–0.022 IC
A1U36 156–1754–02 IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,BFR/DRVR;OCTALNONINV, HIGH DRV 01295 SN74ALS244A–1N
A1U37 156–1754–02 IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,BFR/DRVR;OCTALNONINV, HIGH DRV 01295 SN74ALS244A–1N
*MOUNTING PARTS*


A1U40 156–1998–00 B010100 B010229 IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR 01295 SN74ALS273N
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1U40 156–1998–00 B010100 B010229 IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR 01295 SN74ALS273N
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1U41 160–8608–00 IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA 80009 160860800
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U42 156–4150–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,AMPLIFIER;100MHZ,CURRENT 64762 EL2090CN
FEEDBACK,SAMPLE/HOLD,VIDEO DC RESTORATION
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0728–00 SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCKT,14 CONTACT 09922 DILB14P–108
A1U43 156–4197–00 IC,MISC:BIPOLAR,VIDEO SUBSYSTEM;ANALOG INTFC WITH 1CH66 TDA8708N
8–BIT,30MSPS A/D
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U44 156–3131–00 IC,MISC:BIPOLAR,VIDEO SUBSYSTEM;HORIZ SYNC 1CH66 TDA2595N
PROCESSOR
A1U46 156–1191–01 IC,LINEAR:BIFET,OP–AMP;6MV VOS 01295 TL072ACP
A1U47 156–1226–01 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,COMPARATOR 1CH66 LM319N
A1U48 156–2093–00 IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,GATE;QUAD 2–INPUT OR 01295 SN74ALS32N
A1U50 156–0853–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP;DUAL,SINGLESUPPLY 01295 LM358P
A1U51 156–1173–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,V REF;POS,2.5V,1.0%,40PPM,SERIES 04713 MC1403U
A1U52 156–0277–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;POSITIVE,5.0V,1.0A,4% 01295 UA7805CKC
A1U53 156–0846–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;NEGATIVE,–5.0V,1.0A,4.0% 27014 LM7905CT
A1U54 156–0316–04 IC,DIGITAL:ECL,TRANSLATOR;QUAD ECL TOTTL 04713 MC10125P
A1U55 156–1640–00 IC,DIGITAL:ECL,RECEIVER;TRIPLE LINE 04713 MC10H116P
A1U56 156–0158–07 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP 01295 MC1458P
A1U57 156–1707–00 IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,GATE;QUAD 2–INPUT NAND 04713 MC74F00N
A1U59 156–1367–00 IC,CONV:CMOS,D/A;8 BIT,400NS,CUR OUT,MPU COMPATIBLE 24355 AD7524JN
A1U60 156–1850–00 IC,MISC:CMOS,ANALOG SWITCH;QUAD 17856 DG211CJ
A1U61 156–0158–07 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP 01295 MC1458P
A1U62 156–0316–04 IC,DIGITAL:ECL,TRANSLATOR;QUAD ECL TOTTL 04713 MC10125P
A1U63 156–1640–00 IC,DIGITAL:ECL,RECEIVER;TRIPLE LINE 04713 MC10H116P
A1U64 234–0428–20 QUICK CHIP:VIDEO CHANNEL SWITCH,PKG TK2598 234042820
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U65 155–0316–02 IC,ASIC:BIPOLAR,12 BIT D/A CONV;FULL CUSTOM,M460 TK2598 155031602
*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0871–00 SOCKET,PLCC:PCB;68 POS,0.05 CTR,0.360H X0.125 00779 3–821574–1
TAIL,TIN,0.1 CTRPCB,0.060 SHOULDER HEIGHT
A1U67 156–4150–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,AMPLIFIER;100MHZ,CURRENT 64762 EL2090CN
FEEDBACK,SAMPLE/HOLD,VIDEO DC RESTORATION


*MOUNTING PARTS*
136–0728–00 SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCKT,14 CONTACT 09922 DILB14P–108
(STANDARD ONLY)
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
(STANDARD OPTION 1J ONLY)
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U71 156–1335–00 IC,DGTL:LSTTL,MULTIVIBRATOR;DUAL RETRIGMONOSTABLE 27014 DM96LS02N
A1U72 156–2558–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;POSITIVE,12V,1.5A,2% 01295 TL780–12CKC
A1U73 156–2559–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;NEGATIVE,–12V,1.5A,2% 48726 UC7912ACT
*ATTACHED PARTS*
214–3478–00 HEAT SINK,SEMIC:XSTR,TO–202;HORZ/VERT 13103 6278B
A1U74 156–1631–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;SHUNT,ADJUSTABLE,100MA 01295 TL431CLP
A1U75 156–0885–00 CPLR,OPTOELECTR:LED,5KV ISOLATION 0MS63 H11AX861
A1U76 156–1225–01 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,COMPARATOR 01295 LM393P
A1U78 156–2524–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,SW–RGLTR CONT;PWM,CUR MODE,SGL 48726 UC3842N
TOTEM POLE OUT
*MOUNTING PARTS*
A1U81 156–1639–00 IC,DIGITAL:ECL,FLIP FLOP;DUAL D–TYPE MASTER–SLAVE 04713 MC10H131P
A1U84 156–1338–01 IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP;HIGH OUT DRV,MAX NOISE SPECS 01295 NE5534AP
A1U85 156–2558–00 IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;POSITIVE,12V,1.5A,2% 01295 TL780–12CKC
*ATTACHED PARTS*
A1U86 156–2063–00 B010230 IC,DGTL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL NONINV D–TYPE, 3–STATE 01295 SN74ALS374AN
*MOUNTING PARTS*


136–0925–00 B010230 SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130 00779 2–641932–3
A1VR1 152–0760–00 DIODE,ZENER:6.2V,2%,0.4W 04713 SZG30205
A1VR2 152–0760–00 DIODE,ZENER:6.2V,2%,0.4W 04713 SZG30205
A1VR3 152–0688–00 DIODE,ZENER:2.4V,5%,0.4W 04713 1N4370A
A1VR4 152–0662–00 B010100 B010229 DIODE,ZENER:5V,1%,0.4W 04713 SZG195RL
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1VR4 152–0662–00 B010100 B010229 DIODE,ZENER:5V,1%,0.4W 04713 SZG195RL
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1VR4 152–0279–00 B010230 DIODE,ZENER:5.1V,5%,0.4W 04713 1N751ARL
A1W1 131–4566–00 B010100 B010229 BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODYMI,DUM RES 91637 FRJ–50
(STANDARD ONLY)
A1W1 131–4566–00 B010100 B010229 BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODYMI,DUM RES 91637 FRJ–50
(OPTION 1J ONLY)
A1Y39 158–0391–00 OSC,XTAL CLOCK:8.0 MHZ,+/–0.01% HCMOS,CL 15PF,4 PIN 14 61429 F5C–8.0 MHZ
PIN COMPATIBLE PKG

A1A1 119–4328–02 B020323 OVEN ASSEMBLY:VITS100/200,28MHZ 80009 119432802
*ATTACHED PARTS*
162–0581–00 INSUL SLVG,ELEC:0.027 ID,PTFE,CLEAR TK0977 PER TEK DOCU-
(QUANTITY 0.0420 FT) MEN
342–0991–00 B020323 INSULATOR: 55285 342–0991–00
A1A1C6 283–5025–00 B010100 B010195 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;220PF,5%,50V,NPO,1206 TK2058 C3216COG1H221J–
A1A1C6 283–5001–00 B010196 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;100PF,5%,50V,NPO,1206 TK2058 C3216C0G1H101J–
A1A1C8 283–5238–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;150PF,5%,100V,NPO,1206 04222 12061A151JAT1A
A1A1C15 283–5008–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;12PF,5%,50V,NPO,1206 TK2058 C3216C0G1H120J–
A1A1C16 283–5163–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;36PF,1%,100V,NPO,0.08X0.05 04222 08051A360FAT2A
A1A1C17 283–5004–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.1UF,10%,25V,X7R,1206 TK2058 C3216X7R1E104K–
A1A1C18 283–5004–00 CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.1UF,10%,25V,X7R,1206 TK2058 C3216X7R1E104K–
A1A1C19 281–0165–00 CAP,VAR,AIR DI:0.8–10PF,250V 91293 5201/3469
A1A1P33 131–2002–00 CONN,BOX:PCB;FEM,RTANG,1 X 5,0.1 CTR,0.14 X 0.115 TAIL,2 22526 65001–110
X5 PCB,0.31 X 0.1 CTR PTH,40 GLD,SIDE ENTRY,DAP
A1A1Q10 151–5035–00 XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;25V,30MA,650MHZ,AMPLIFIER 04713 MMBTH10LT1
A1A1R1 321–5043–00 RES,FXD:THICK FILM;47.5 OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100 PPM 57668 MCR18FWEA47E5
A1A1R3 307–1161–00 RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,5%,0.062W,0805,8MMTAPED 50139 ACD1004JT
A1A1R4 321–5280–00 RES,FXD:THICK FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100 91637 CRCW1206–2002FT
A1A1R5 321–5280–00 RES,FXD:THICK FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100 91637 CRCW1206–2002FT
A1A1R9 321–5007–00 B010100 B010195 RES,FXD:THICK FILM;121 OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100 50139 BCK1210FT
A1A1R9 321–5012–00 B010196 RES,FXD:THICK FILM;332 OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100 50139 BCK3320FT
A1A1RT11 307–0181–01 RES,THERMAL:20K OHM,5%,AT 60 DEG C 91637 C771
A1A1Y1 ––––––––––– XTAL,UNIT,QTZ:28.636360 MHZ,5 PPM,PARALLEL,CL 32PF,2 MW
DRV LEVEL;HC–43U
(REPLACEABLE AT A1A1 ONLY)

Diagrams
A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-05 & Up)

# "

Figure 9–1: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671–2132–05 & Up) !$


Table 9–1: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–05 & Up
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION
C1 5 D5 A1 F5 C84 8 B1 A1 C3 C157 5 B5 A1 D5 DS4 8 D2 A1 B2 P28 3 D4 A1

C2 5 E4 A1 C6 C85 8 C1 A1 B1 C158 5 B5 A1 C4 P32 7 F2 A1
C3 5 A1 A1 B5 C86 8 C2 A1 B1 C159 5 B5 A1 C4 F1 8 A1 A1 A3 P33 1 F2 A1
C4 5 C2 A1 C4 C87 8 D2 A1 C2 C160 5 H4 A1 L4 P34 9 B1 A1
C5 5 F2 A1 D5 C88 8 E1 A1 G1 C161 3 C5 A1 L7 J2 3 A3 A1 F8 P35 9 B1 A1
C6 5 E2 A1 D5 C89 8 G4 A1 J4 C162 9 F5 A1 O2 J3 3 H2 A1 H8 P36 9 B1 A1
C7 5 E2 A1 D5 C91 8 F4 A1 H3 C163 9 F5 A1 N2 J4 3 A2 A1 K8 P37 9 B1 A1
C8 5 E2 A1 D5 C92 8 F4 A1 I3 C164 7 E2 A1 D7 J5 4 B2 A1 P5 P38 9 B1 A1
C9 5 F2 A1 E5 C94 8 G4 A1 I2 C165 7 D1 A1 C7 J6 4 A1 A1 P5 P39 1 A1 A1
C10 5 E2 A1 E5 C95 8 G4 A1 I3 C167 9 D5 A1 K3 J9 5 G4 A1 K4 P55 1 B4 A1
C11 5 D1 A1 D5 C96 8 D3 A1 E1 C168 9 D5 A1 F5 J10 5 A1 A1 A6 P56 1 B4 A1
C12 5 D1 A1 E5 C97 8 E4 A1 D2 C169 9 F5 A1 N3 J11 7 C1 A1 K1 P57 1 B4 A1
C13 5 B2 A1 C5 C98 8 F5 A1 F3 C170 9 F5 A1 C6 J12 7 G3 A1 M2
C14 5 D4 A1 G5 C99 8 B3 A1 D3 C171 9 F5 A1 G5 J13 7 D4 A1 M2 Q1 5 F1 A1 D6
C16 5 D4 A1 F4 C100 8 G2 A1 I2 C172 9 G3 A1 M1 J14 7 H5 A1 A8 Q2 5 F2 A1 D6
C17 5 D5 A1 E4 C101 8 G3 A1 I1 C173 9 G3 A1 K4 J15 7 H4 A1 A7 Q3 5 G2 A1 D5
C18 5 D5 A1 E4 C102 8 F2 A1 H1 C174 9 E1 A1 K4 J17 8 E2 A1 E2 Q4 9 G2 A1 D6
C19 5 F5 A1 E4 C103 8 F3 A1 H1 C175 5 D3 A1 C6 J18 8 E3 A1 F1 Q5 9 G3 A1 E6
C20 5 F5 A1 E4 C104 8 F2 A1 I2 C176 7 C2 A1 H7 J19 8 C4 A1 E3 Q6 9 G2 A1 D6
C21 5 F5 A1 E4 C105 8 F3 A1 I1 C177 7 B2 A1 H7 J20 9 B1 A1 J3 Q7 9 G4 A1 E6
C22 5 G3 A1 L7 C106 8 G2 A1 J2 C178 7 C2 A1 G7 J21 8 H2 A1 I4 Q8 7 D1 A1 K3
C23 5 E5 A1 E4 C107 8 G3 A1 J1 C179 7 B2 A1 F6 J22 3 E3 A1 J7 Q9 7 E4 A1 L1
C24 9 E3 A1 D7 C108 8 G4 A1 H3 C180 7 B2 A1 G7 J27 3 A5 A1 J8 Q11 7 F4 A1 A6
C25 9 E4 A1 E7 C109 8 F4 A1 H2 C181 7 A2 A1 F7 J28 3 D4 A1 P2 Q12 7 G3 A1 B5
C26 9 D3 A1 D7 C110 8 C2 A1 C1 C182 7 A2 A1 E6 J32 7 F2 A1 H5 Q13 3 D5 A1 P2
C27 9 G3 A1 D7 C111 8 D3 A1 E3 C183 7 E1 A1 C7 J33 1 F2 A1 I7 Q14 3 E5 A1 P2
C28 9 G3 A1 E6 C112 8 F5 A1 G3 C184 3 C5 A1 L7 J50 7 H1 A1 C7 Q15 8 G4 A1 J4
C29 9 G3 A1 F6 C113 8 E3 A1 D2 C185 5 D2 A1 D4 J51 7 H1 A1 B7 Q16 8 E3 A1 F1
C30 9 G3 A1 F6 C114 8 C4 A1 D3 C500 8 G2 A1 H3 J52 5 D4 A1 G4 Q17 8 E4 A1 D1
C33 9 D1 A1 E6 C115 8 D3 A1 E3 C501 8 B4 A1 D3 J53 7 B4 A1 B7 Q18 8 C4 A1 E3
C34 9 D2 A1 F6 C116 8 F4 A1 H2 C503 9 C5 A1 L4 J54 1 A1 A1 N6 Q180 8 D3 A1 E4
C36 9 E2 A1 G7 C117 8 C2 A1 F3 C504 9 H3 A1 H5 J55 1 B4 A1 N8
C37 9 E1 A1 E6 C118 8 C3 A1 E3 C505 9 H3 A1 G5 J56 1 B4 A1 M8 R3 1 G2 A1 G6
C38 9 E2 A1 F6 C119 7 G1 A1 C6 C506 7 E2 A1 D8 J57 1 B4 A1 M8 R4 1 G3 A1 H6
C39 7 C1 A1 L3 C120 5 C1 A1 D4 C507 5 E5 A1 E4 R5 1 A3 A1 N8
C40 7 E2 A1 M3 C121 9 B4 A1 P7 C508 8 A3 A1 D3 K2 7 G4 A1 B6 R6 2 C1 A1 O7
C41 7 D2 A1 L3 C122 9 C4 A1 O6 C510 7 D2 A1 G7 R7 2 C2 A1 O6
C42 7 E2 A1 K3 C123 9 C4 A1 P6 C511 7 D2 A1 G7 L1 5 F5 A1 F4 R8 2 C3 A1 O6
C43 7 C5 A1 M2 C124 9 D4 A1 O5 C512 8 F4 A1 I3 L2 9 D2 A1 D6 R9 2 C4 A1 O5
C46 7 E4 A1 L3 C125 7 G3 A1 H5 L3 9 E4 A1 E6 R10 3 B3 A1 L8
C51 7 B5 A1 G8 C126 9 B5 A1 H4 CR5 7 F4 A1 L3 L6 7 G4 A1 A6 R11 3 F4 A1 A5
C52 7 F4 A1 B5 C128 7 H3 A1 H5 CR7 7 G3 A1 B5 L7 7 F4 A1 B6 R12 3 F4 A1 A4
C53 7 H4 A1 A5 C129 9 D4 A1 N5 CR8 7 F3 A1 B5 L8 7 F4 A1 B6 R13A 3 D3 A1 K7
C54 7 B4 A1 B7 C130 9 D4 A1 M7 CR9 8 E2 A1 F3 L12 7 D2 A1 F7 R13B 3 C3 A1 K7
C55 7 B4 A1 B7 C131 9 E4 A1 M7 CR10 8 F2 A1 H1 L13 7 D2 A1 E7 R13C 3 C5 A1 K7
C56 7 B4 A1 A7 C132 9 E4 A1 K5 CR11 8 F3 A1 H1 L14 7 E2 A1 E7 R13D 3 B3 A1 K7
C57 7 C4 A1 A7 C133 1 F5 A1 L6 CR12 8 C1 A1 C2 L15 8 G4 A1 H2 R13E 3 B3 A1 K7
C58 7 B5 A1 A7 C134 9 F4 A1 M6 CR13 8 F4 A1 H2 L16 8 G3 A1 J3 R13F 3 C3 A1 K7
C59 7 D5 A1 A8 C135 4 A3 A1 O4 CR14 8 F3 A1 H3 L17 8 D1 A1 D1 R13G 3 A5 A1 K7
C60 7 E4 A1 A7 C136 4 E5 A1 N1 CR15 8 G2 A1 J2 L18 7 G1 A1 D6 R13H 3 B5 A1 K7
C61 7 D5 A1 A7 C137 9 F4 A1 P1 CR16 8 H2 A1 J2 L19 5 C1 A1 D4 R13I 3 B2 A1 K7
C65 7 E2 A1 D8 C139 9 F4 A1 I5 CR17 8 H3 A1 J1 L20 7 E1 A1 C7 R14 3 F2 A1 H6
C66 7 E2 A1 D7 C140 9 B5 A1 M4 CR18 8 G3 A1 J1 L21 7 E2 A1 D8 R18 5 A1 A1 C5
C67 7 G2 A1 C7 C141 9 C5 A1 N4 CR19 8 E4 A1 E1 R19 5 D5 A1 E4
C68 7 F2 A1 C8 C142 1 G5 A1 H5 CR20 8 E3 A1 E1 LF1 8 A1 A1 A1 R20 5 D3 A1 C6
C69 7 C5 A1 B8 C143 1 G5 A1 F6 CR21 8 E3 A1 E2 R21 5 D3 A1 C7
C70 7 C5 A1 C8 C144 1 G5 A1 K3 CR22 8 E3 A1 E2 P5 4 B2 A1 R22 5 E3 A1 C6
C71 7 C5 A1 B8 C145 9 C5 A1 E5 CR24 8 G2 A1 I4 P6 4 A1 A1 R23 5 E3 A1 C6
C72 7 G2 A1 C7 C146 9 D5 A1 J5 CR25 3 B5 A1 I7 P9 5 G4 A1 R24 5 F3 A1 C6
C73 7 D1 A1 F7 C147 9 D5 A1 J4 CR26 8 B4 A1 D3 P12 7 G3 A1 R25 5 E3 A1 C6
C74 7 D1 A1 E7 C148 1 H5 A1 J6 CR27 3 E3 A1 A4 P13 7 D4 A1 R26 5 E3 A1 C5
C75 7 E1 A1 E7 C149 9 D5 A1 G5 CR28 3 E4 A1 B4 P17 8 E2 A1 R27 5 E4 A1 C5
C76 7 D2 A1 F7 C150 5 A5 A1 G4 CR29 3 E4 A1 B4 P18 8 E3 A1 R28 5 F3 A1 C6
C77 7 D2 A1 F7 C152 9 E5 A1 I7 P19 8 C4 A1 R29 5 B2 A1 C5
C78 7 D2 A1 F7 C153 9 E5 A1 J6 DS1 3 D5 A1 Q2 P20 9 B1 A1 R30 5 B2 A1 C5
C79 7 E2 A1 E7 C154 1 H5 A1 G5 DS2 3 E5 A1 Q1 P22 3 E3 A1
C83 5 H4 A1 L7 C156 9 F5 A1 D6 DS3 3 E5 A1 Q1

Table 9–1: A1 Component Locator (continued)
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION NUMBER LOCATION
R31 5 B2 A1 C5 R100 7 A4 A1 B5 R169 8 F5 A1 G3 S2 2 B2 A1 O7 U37 4 F2 A1 M4

R32 5 B1 A1 B5 R101 7 B2 A1 F6 R170 8 F5 A1 G3 S3 2 B3 A1 O6 U38 4 G3 A1 O5
R33 5 B1 A1 B4 R102 7 B2 A1 F6 R171 8 A4 A1 C3 S4 2 B4 A1 O6 U41 5 G4 A1 H4
R34 5 C1 A1 B5 R103 7 G1 A1 C7 R172 8 B4 A1 D3 S5 3 F5 A1 A5 U42 5 B1 A1 C5
R35 5 C1 A1 C4 R104 7 G3 A1 B7 R173 8 D3 A1 E3 S6 3 F4 A1 A4 U43 5 E4 A1 E5
R36 5 C1 A1 B5 R105 7 G2 A1 B7 R174 8 C4 A1 E3 S7 4 D2 A1 O4 U44 5 E1 A1 D5
R37 5 C4 A1 F4 R106 7 F4 A1 A6 R175 8 C3 A1 E3 S8 4 C1 A1 L4 U46A 5 E3 A1 C6
R38 5 C4 A1 C4 R108 7 G4 A1 A6 R177 4 E1 A1 O4 S9B 3 C5 A1 P3 U47A 5 F3 A1 C6
R39 5 D1 A1 C4 R109 7 H3 A1 A5 R178 4 D1 A1 N5 S10A 8 B1 A1 B3 U47B 5 F3 A1 C6
R40 5 D2 A1 D4 R110 7 E5 A1 A7 R179A 4 B5 A1 O2 S10B 8 B1 A1 B3 U48A 5 G4 A1 K7
R41 5 D2 A1 D4 R111 7 D5 A1 A7 R179B 4 B3 A1 O2 U50A 9 F2 A1 E6
R42 5 D2 A1 D4 R112 7 E4 A1 B7 R179C 4 C3 A1 O2 T1 8 E2 A1 G2 U50B 9 F3 A1 E6
R43 5 D2 A1 D5 R113 7 D5 A1 A8 R179D 4 G3 A1 O2 T2 7 E2 A1 D7 U51 9 D2 A1 D6
R44 5 E2 A1 C5 R114 7 D5 A1 A7 R179E 4 G5 A1 O2 U52 9 D1 A1 F6
R45 5 F2 A1 D5 R115 7 D5 A1 A7 R179F 4 G5 A1 O2 TP1 9 B2 A1 J2 U53 9 D2 A1 F6
R46 5 F2 A1 D5 R116 7 D4 A1 A7 R179G 4 G5 A1 O2 TP2 9 B2 A1 J2 U54 7 H1 A1 I5
R47 5 F1 A1 D6 R117 7 E4 A1 A7 R179H 4 E1 A1 O2 TP3 8 D2 A1 D2 U55A 7 D1 A1 K3
R48 5 G2 A1 D6 R118 7 A4 A1 B7 R179I 4 A5 A1 O2 TP4 9 B3 A1 J2 U55B 7 F2 A1 K3
R49 5 F3 A1 D6 R119 7 C4 A1 B7 R180 8 D3 A1 E4 TP5 9 B2 A1 J1 U55C 7 F1 A1 K3
R50 5 G2 A1 E6 R120 7 G1 A1 C7 R184 8 D4 A1 D4 TP6 9 B1 A1 J1 U56A 7 D4 A1 M3
R51 5 G2 A1 E6 R121 7 F1 A1 C7 R185 5 D4 A1 G4 TP7 9 B3 A1 N1 U56B 7 D2 A1 M3
R52 5 E5 A1 F4 R122 7 F1 A1 B8 R190 7 E1 A1 K3 TP8 9 B3 A1 D4 U57A 5 G2 A1 K6
R53 5 E5 A1 E4 R123 7 F1 A1 C7 R191 7 E1 A1 K3 TP9 9 C3 A1 O8 U57B 5 H2 A1 K6
R54 5 G3 A1 L7 R124 7 F1 A1 B7 R192 5 C4 A1 L8 TP10 9 C3 A1 E6 U57C 1 D2 A1 K6
R55 5 E5 A1 E6 R125 7 E2 A1 D7 R206 7 F1 A1 J4 TP11 7 F1 A1 K3 U57D 3 E1 A1 K6
R56 9 E2 A1 D7 R126 7 E2 A1 C7 R207 7 F1 A1 J5 U59 7 D3 A1 K4
R57 9 E3 A1 E7 R127 7 E2 A1 C7 R208 7 E2 A1 D7 U1 1 F4 A1 J5 U60 7 F4 A1 M3
R58 9 F4 A1 E6 R130 7 B4 A1 B7 R209 7 G1 A1 C7 U3 1 E1 A1 K4 U61A 7 E3 A1 L3
R59 9 F4 A1 D7 R132 3 E5 A1 P1 R210 7 E1 A1 C7 U4 1 D4 A1 L5 U62 7 H3 A1 G5
R60 9 G4 A1 E7 R133 3 D5 A1 Q2 R211 3 D5 A1 J7 U5 1 D5 A1 L5 U63A 7 F2 A1 I4
R61 9 F2 A1 D7 R134 3 E5 A1 Q2 R212 3 D5 A1 J7 U6 1 D1 A1 L4 U63B 7 E3 A1 I4
R62 9 F2 A1 D7 R135 3 C4 A1 O2 R213 3 A5 A1 I7 U7 1 F1 A1 K5 U63C 7 F3 A1 I4
R63 9 G3 A1 E7 R137 3 D5 A1 Q2 R214 5 B1 A1 C5 U8 1 C1 A1 L6 U64 7 C4 A1 B7
R64 9 G3 A1 E6 R138 3 D5 A1 Q2 R216 5 D3 A1 C6 U9 1 G2 A1 I6 U65 7 C1 A1 G6
R65 9 G3 A1 E6 R141 5 H4 A1 L7 R217 7 G1 A1 G5 U10 1 G2 A1 H5 U67 7 F2 A1 C7
R66 9 G2 A1 D6 R142 5 H5 A1 L7 R218 7 F2 A1 I5 U11 1 G1 A1 G5 U70 3 C4 A1 L7
R67 9 G4 A1 E6 R143 8 A1 A1 B2 R219 7 G2 A1 H6 U12 1 F3 A1 J5 U71A 5 H4 A1 L7
R68 7 C1 A1 K3 R144 8 B1 A1 B3 R220 7 G2 A1 I5 U13 1 B1 A1 M6 U71B 5 G3 A1 L7
R69 7 D1 A1 K3 R145 8 D1 A1 B2 R221 7 G2 A1 I4 U15 1 E2 A1 I5 U72 8 F2 A1 H4
R70 7 D1 A1 K3 R146 8 H4 A1 J4 R222 7 F2 A1 K3 U16 1 B3 A1 N7 U73 8 G3 A1 J1
R71 7 D2 A1 L3 R147 8 F4 A1 H2 R223 7 F2 A1 K3 U17 1 B5 A1 N7 U74 8 E5 A1 G3
R72 7 D1 A1 K3 R149 8 E3 A1 E2 R224 7 F1 A1 K3 U18 2 F1 A1 P7 U75 8 E4 A1 F3
R73 7 E2 A1 L3 R150 8 E4 A1 D2 R225 7 G1 A1 J4 U19 2 F2 A1 P7 U76A 8 B4 A1 D3
R74 7 E2 A1 K3 R151 8 D4 A1 E3 R226 7 G1 A1 J5 U20 2 F3 A1 P6 U76B 8 B4 A1 D3
R76 7 D2 A1 L3 R152 8 E4 A1 D3 R227 7 B2 A1 F6 U21 2 F4 A1 P6 U78 8 C3 A1 E3
R77 7 D5 A1 M3 R153 8 E3 A1 E1 R228 7 B2 A1 F6 U22 3 G4 A1 A5 U80 4 F4 A1 K4
R78 7 C5 A1 N2 R154 8 D2 A1 D2 R229 7 A2 A1 F7 U23 3 G5 A1 A4 U81A 7 F1 A1 J4
R79 7 D5 A1 M2 R155 8 F3 A1 I1 R230 7 A2 A1 F7 U24 3 D2 A1 H7 U82 1 E4 A1 K6
R80 7 C4 A1 M3 R156 8 F2 A1 I1 R231 3 B5 A1 K7 U25 3 E3 A1 I6 U83 1 E5 A1 K5
R81 7 C4 A1 M3 R157 8 C1 A1 C2 R500 8 A2 A1 C1 U26 3 F3 A1 J6 U84 7 A2 A1 F6
R82 7 C4 A1 N3 R158 8 C5 A1 F3 R501 8 A2 A1 C1 U27 3 D1 A1 J6 U85 8 G2 A1 I2
R83 7 E5 A1 M1 R159 8 C4 A1 F3 R502 8 A3 A1 C1 U28 3 C1 A1 J7 U86 1 C1 A1 L6
R86 7 G4 A1 L3 R160 8 A5 A1 C3 R503 8 B4 A1 D4 U29 4 D3 A1 N3 U87 1 C4 A1 N6
R87 7 G4 A1 L3 R161 8 A4 A1 C3 R504 8 B4 A1 D3 U30 4 F4 A1 P1
R88 7 F4 A1 L3 R162 8 B3 A1 D3 R506 7 E1 A1 C7 U31 4 A2 A1 O5 VR1 5 F2 A1 D6
R89 7 F4 A1 M3 R163 8 E4 A1 D2 U32 4 F3 A1 M4 VR2 5 G2 A1 D6
R90 7 E4 A1 L3 R164 8 A4 A1 C3 RT1 8 B1 A1 C3 U33 4 H4 A1 N1 VR3 7 D5 A1 M2
R91 7 E4 A1 L3 R165 8 B3 A1 D3 U34 4 G4 A1 P2 VR4 8 G4 A1 J4
R92 7 E3 A1 L4 R166 8 E5 A1 G3 RV1 8 B1 A1 C3 U35 4 B3 A1 O4
R98 7 D2 A1 F6 R167 8 E5 A1 G3 U36 4 F1 A1 M5 Y39 4 A3 A1
R99 7 E2 A1 D7 R168 8 F5 A1 G3 S1 2 B1 A1 O7

# "

!$

Figure 9–2: A1A1 Oven Board
Table 9–2: A1A1 Component Locator

U27-17
3 BLKCLK
U28
H[0..9]
3 H[0..9]
U8 U6 U3 U7
74ALS374 CY7C277-40 74F374 74F157 ETSD[0..11]
ETSD[0..11]
1 H0 10 11 3 2 2 4 TSD0
U13 OC A0 D0 D0 Q0 1A 1Y U11
11 H1 9 12 4 5 5 U65
27C1024 CLK A1 D1 D1 Q1 2A 10H124
H2 8 13 7 6 11 7 TSD1
A2 D2 D2 Q2 3A 2Y
H3 24 21 BL0 18 19 LBL0 LBL0 7 15 8 9 14 TSD0 5 2 ETSD0
A0 DQ0 D7 Q7 A3 D3 D3 Q3 4A D0 Q0 7
H4 25 20 BL1 17 16 LBL1 LBL1 6 16 13 12 3 9 TSD2 4
H5 A1 DQ1 BL2 D6 Q6 LBL2 LBL2 A4 D4 D4 Q4 1B 3Y TSD1 Q0 ETSD1
26 19 14 15 5 17 14 15 6 7 1
A2 DQ2 D5 Q5 A5 D5 D5 Q5 2B D1 Q1
H6 27 18 BL3 13 12 LBL3 LBL3 4 18 17 16 10 12 TSD3 3
A3 DQ3 D4 Q4 A6 D6 D6 Q6 3B 4Y Q1
H7 28 17 BL4 8 9 LBL4 LBL4 3 19 18 19 13 TSD2 10 15 ETSD2
A4 DQ4 D3 Q3 A7 D7 D7 Q7 4B D2 Q2
H8 29 16 BL5 7 6 LBL5 LBL5 2 12
A5 DQ5 D2 Q2 A8 Q2
H9 30 15 BL6 4 5 LBL6 LBL6 1 FLPCLK 11 1 TSD3 11 14 ETSD3
A6 DQ6 D1 Q1 A9 CLK A/B D3 Q3
31 14 BL7 3 2 LBL7 LBL7 27 1 15 13
U26-15 HALFLINE A7 DQ7 D0 Q0 A10 OC G Q3
32 11 BL8 LBL8 26 6
3 U24-19 V1 A8 DQ8 A11 +5V E
LTS0 35 10 BL9 U86 LBL9 25 9
A9 DQ9 74ALS374 A12 VCC +5V
LTS1 36 9 BL10 LBL10 24 16
A10 DQ10 A13 GND
LTS2 37 8 BL11 3 2 LBL8 LBL11 23 8
LTS3 A11 DQ11 BL12 D0 Q0 LBL9 A14 VEE -5V
38 7 4 5
A12 DQ12 D1 Q1
J54 LTS4 39 6 BL13 7 6 LBL10 22
A13 DQ13 D2 Q2 ALE
3 LTS5 40 5 BL14 8 9 LBL11 21
+5V A14 DQ14 D3 Q3 CP
41 4 BL15 13 12 20
P39 A15 DQ15 D4 Q4 E/ES
2 14 15
D5 Q5
1 33 17 16
NC NC D6 Q6
1 13 42 18 19
NC NC D7 Q7
23
NC
44 11
VCC +5V CLK
43 2 1
+5V PGM VPP OC U10
3 12
CE GND 10H124
J54 MEMORY BANK SELECT 22 34
OE GND
1-2 STANDARD & 1C OPTIONS TSD4 5 2 ETSD4
CHARACTER D0 Q0
2-3 1J OPTION SIGNALS 4
CLKA J33 SET UP CONTROL TSD5 Q0 ETSD5
7 1
CLKA D1 Q1
WITH SET UP 3
1-2 Q1
U54-12 STANDARD & 1C OPT. TSD6 10 15 ETSD6
U57C D2 Q2
12
Q2
74F00 WITH OUT SET UP TSD7 11 14 ETSD7
6 2-3 D3 Q3
TS/CHAR 9 1J OPT. 13
Q3
8 CHAR/TS 6
+5V E
10 9
VCC +5V
16
8FSC P33 GND
8
8FSC VEE -5V
U62-4
J33 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 3
1
6 -5V
+5V R3
IDEN
TS/CHAR 510
U9
U15 10H124
PAL22V10 U12 TSD8 5 2 ETSD8
GAL16V8-M D0 Q0
1 4
I1/CLK Q0
2 1 TSD9 7 1 ETSD9
J4-33 CHARDATA I2 I0/CLK D1 Q1
3 23 STATE0 2 3
3 J4-34 CURSOR I3 IO1 I1 Q1
4 22 STATE1 3 19 TSD4 TSD10 10 15 ETSD10
I4 IO2 I2 F0 D2 Q2
5 21 STATE2 4 18 TSD5 12
I5 IO3 I3 F1 Q2
(CHARPRES) 6 20 STATE3 5 17 TSD6 TSD11 11 14 ETSD11
(CHARPRES) AD9 I6 IO4 I4 F2 TSD7 D3 Q3
7 19 6 16 13
J4-32 AD10 I7 IO5 I5 F3 TSD8 Q3
8 18 7 15 6
I8 IO6 I6 F4 +5V E
AD11 9 17 8 14 TSD9 9
I9 IO7 I7 F5 VCC +5V
U23-9 10 16 9 13 TSD10 16
FPTS[0..7] 3 ID I10 IO8 I8 F6 GND
11 15 11 12 TSD11 8
FPTS[0..7] 3 U27-13 IDCLOCK I11 IO9 I9/OE F7 VEE -5V 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 14
U18 I12 IO10
J4 1
-5V
J4-31
2 3 R4
SW0 U64-11 DATACOMP 3 510
7
SW1 U64-10
R5
2.7k
1
DVDRIVE U28-11
1 GLSEL1 J4-11 1
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
(QINHIBIT) U70-16
U16
VLATCH PAL22V10
1
FPTS0 I1/CLK (RESYNC) J2-4
U27-16 2
FPTS1 I2 LTS0
3 23 J4-14
I3 IO1
FPTS2 4 22 LTS1
3 I4 IO2 CCVIRS 3
FPTS3 5 21 LTS2
I5 IO3 3 U87
6 20 LTS3
I6 IO4 PAL22V10
7 19 LTS4
I7 IO5
8 18 LTS5 1
I8 IO6 I1/CLK
FPTS7 9 17 IDEN 2
I9 IO7 I2
VDRIVE 10 16 3 23
I10 IO8 I3 IO1
VL2 11 15 4 22
VL2 2K/4K I11 IO9 I4 IO2
13 14 5 21
U26-6 I12 IO10 I5 IO3
6 20
I6 IO4 U4 U82
7 19
I7 IO5 CY7C277-40 74F157
(BLANK) 8 18
3 I8 IO6
9 17 H0 10 11 AD4 2 4
U70-23 BBSTBY I9 IO7 A0 D0 1A 1Y
J55 10 16 H1 9 12 AD5 5
U27-11 CHSWT I10 IO8 A1 D1 2A
FPTS5 1 11 15 H2 8 13 AD6 11 7
U27-15 SYNCTIME I11 IO9 A2 D2 3A 2Y U1
13 14 LBL0 7 15 AD7 14
P55 I12 IO10 A3 D3 4A 74F374
2 LBL1 6 16 AD8 BD4 3 9
A4 D4 1B 3Y
LBL2 5 17 AD9 BD5 6 3 2 TSD4
1 LBL3 A5 D5 AD10 2B D0 Q0 TSD5
3 4 18 10 12 4 5
VDRIVE LBL4 A6 D6 AD11 3B 4Y D1 Q1 TSD6
3 19 13 7 6
U26-19 A7 D7 4B D2 Q2
LBL5 2 8 9 TSD7
A8 D3 Q3
J56 LBL6 1 1 13 12 TSD8
A9 A/B D4 Q4
FPTS4 1 LBL7 27 15 14 15 TSD9
3 MONOCHR A10 G D5 Q5
J55 VDRIVE LBL8 26 17 16 TSD10
P56 U38-12 A11 D6 Q6
2 1-2 VITS 200 LBL9 25 18 19 TSD11
A12 D7 Q7
2-3 VITS 100 LBL10 24
A13
3 LBL11 23 8FSC 11
VSYNC 4 A14 CLK
CHAR/TS 1
U26-12 OC
J56 VSYNC 22
1-2 VITS 200 CLKA ALE
J57 21
CP
FPTS6 1 2-3 VITS 100 20
3 E/ES
2 P57
J57 BLANKING
3 1-2 VITS 200
(BLANK)
2-3 VITS 100
U26-16 U5 U83
CY7C277-40 74F157
H0 10 11 2 4
3 H1 A0 D0 1A 1Y
9 12 5
U17 A1 D1 2A
H2 8 13 BD6 11 7 +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
GAL16V8-M A2 D2 3A 2Y
LBL0 7 15 BD7 14
U28-23 LBL1 A3 D3 BD8 4A
1 6 16 3 9
I0/CLK A4 D4 1B 3Y C133 C142 C143 C144 C148 C154
FPTS0 2 LBL2 5 17 BD9 6
I1 A5 D5 2B 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
FPTS1 3 19 LBL3 4 18 BD10 10 12
I2 F0 DVSYNC 3 A6 D6 3B 4Y
FPTS2 4 18 LBL4 3 19 BD11 13
I3 F1 A7 D7 4B
FPTS3 5 17 LBL5 2
I4 F2 A8
6 16 DVDRIVE LBL6 1 1
I5 F3 A9 FLPCLK A/B
7 15 CHSWT LBL7 27 15
I6 F4 A10 G
8 14 CCVIRS LBL8 26 U54-5
2K/4K I7 F5 A11
9 13 LBL9 25
CCPRES I8 F6 A12
J4-30 11 12 U41-11 LBL10 24
U71A-6 I9/OE F7 CCLINE LBL11 A13 6 NOTE: NOT USED ON VITS 100
23
A14
3 VIRSPRES U71B-9 5
22 SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER VALUES
5 ALE
CLKA 21 AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES.
(VIRSAMP) U48A-1 CP
20
E/ES
671-2132-05 & UP
P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD
REV MAY 1993
TEST SIGNAL MEMORY 1

1L[0..3]
2L[0..3]
3L[0..3]
R6 4L[0..3]
10k FPTS[0..7]
TEST SIGNAL SELECT +5V
1
FPTS[0..7]
5L[0..3] U16
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
S1 6L[0..3] U18
1 16 1L0 74LS251
7L[0..3] 1L0 4 6
1L1 2L0 D0 W
2 15 3
D1
3L0 2 5 FPTS0
D2 Y
3 14 1L2 8L[0..3] 4L0 1
D3
5L0 15
1L3 6L0 D4
4 13 14
D5
7L0 13
D6
5 12 2L0 8L0 12
D7
6 11 2L1 U26-2 VL0 11
VL0 A
VL1 10
2L2 U26-5 VL1 FLD B
7 10 9
3 U24-7 FLD C
8 9 2L3 (2K/4K) 7
U70-19 (2K/4K) G
R7
10k
1
+5V
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
S2 U19
1 16 3L0 74LS251
1L1 4 6
D0 W
2 15 3L1 2L1 3
D1
3L1 2 5 FPTS1
D2 Y
3 14 3L2 4L1 1
D3
5L1 15
D4
4 13 3L3 6L1 14
D5
7L1 13
D6
5 12 4L0 8L1 12
D7
6 11 4L1 VL0 11
VL1 A
10
B
7 10 4L2 FLD 9
C
8 9 4L3 (2K/4K) 7
G
R8
10k
1
+5V
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
S3 U20
1 16 5L0 74LS251
1L2 4 6
5L1 2L2 D0 W
2 15 3
3L2 D1 FPTS2
2 5
D2 Y
3 14 5L2 4L2 1
D3
5L2 15
D4
4 13 5L3 6L2 14
D5
7L2 13
D6
5 12 6L0 8L2 12
D7
6 11 6L1 VL0 11
A
VL1 10
6L2 FLD B
7 10 9
C
8 9 6L3 (2K/4K) 7
G
R9
10k
1
+5V
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
S4 U21
1 16 7L0 74LS251
1L3 4 6
D0 W
2 15 7L1 2L3 3
D1
3L3 2 5 FPTS3
D2 Y
3 14 7L2 4L3 1
D3
5L3 15
D4
4 13 7L3 6L3 14
D5
7L3 13
D6
5 12 8L0 8L3 12
D7
6 11 8L1 VL0 11
A
VL1 10
B
7 10 8L2 FLD 9
C
8 9 8L3 (2K/4K) 7
G

REV NOV 1992
TEST SIGNAL SELECT 2

H[0..9]
H[0..9]
U28 U13
EP610
1
2
(FRAME) I1
11
U29-11 I2
U87-19 23
DVDRIVE I3
14
1 I4
4 U17-18 DVSYNC
H0 3 22 CLAMP
AIO0 BIO0 CLAMP
H1 4 21 (SYNCT)
AIO1 BIO1 U67-7
H2 5 20
AIO2 BIO2
H3 6 19
H4 AIO3 BIO3 U27
7 18
AIO4 BIO4 7C235 7
H5 8 17
AIO5 BIO5 SYNCTIP U43-27 5
H6 9 16 H8 H0 8 9
AIO6 BIO6 A0 D0
H7 10 15 H9 H1 7 10 V0
AIO7 BIO7 A1 D1
H2 6 11 CHSWT
A2 D2 CHSWT
1 13 H3 5 13
ACLK BCLK A3 D3
H4 4 14 IDCLOCK U15-11 U87-10
A4 D4 IDCLOCK
H5 3 15 SYNCTIME
A5 D5 SYNCTIME U87-11 1
H6 2 16 VLATCH
A6 D6 VLATCH U16-1 1
H7 1 17 BLKCLK
H8 A7 D7 BLKCLK U8-11
23
A8
H9 22
A9
U57D
20 74F00
CLKB +5V INIT
18 12
CLKB CP
21 11
U54-4 E
19 13
LOCKED ES
U38-6
6
4
FLD J3
FRM FLD H0 1
NOT USED U18-9 H1 2
J4 H2 3
LOCKED 1 U24 H3
1 4
EP610 2 H4
2 R13I 5
3 2.7k (FRAME) 2 H5 6
I1
4 11 H6 7
I2 V1
5 1 23 H7 8
0 I3
6 14 U13-25 H8 9
I4
7 H9 10
8 V6 3 22 V0 11
V7 AIO0 BIO0 1 V1
9 4 21 12
AIO1 BIO1
10 V8 5 20 V11 V2 13
AIO2 BIO2
11 GLSEL1 V9 6 19 V1 V3 14
AIO3 BIO3
12 FPSTANDBY FPSTANDBY 7 18 V2 V4 15
AIO4 BIO4
13 BPCONTROL BPCONTROL 8 17 V3 V5 16
AIO5 BIO5
14 (RESYNC) V12 9 16 V4 V6 17
AIO6 BIO6 +5V
15 (BYPASS) (BYPASS) V10 10 15 V5 V7 18
AIO7 BIO7 U62-12
16 PROGPRES V8 19
17 U16 CLKB 1 13 V9 20
ACLK BCLK V10
18 21
FPTS[0..7] R14 6 CLKC V11
19 22
FPTS[0..7] 1 2.74k
20 V12 23
21 FLD 24
FPTS0 U25 U26 CLKC
22 25
23 FPTS1 +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V 27C128 74ALS273 FRM 26
24 FPTS2 V0 10 11 3 2 VL0 VL0 27
A0 D0 D1 Q1
25 FPTS3 1 1 1 1 V1 9 12 4 5 VL1 VL1 28
A1 D1 D2 Q2
26 FPTS4 R10 R13D R13E R13F V2 8 13 7 6 VL2 VL2 29
R13A J22 A2 D2 D3 Q3
27 FPTS5 2.7k 2.7k 2.7k V3 7 15 8 9 VL3 VL3 30
FPTS6 2.74k 2.7k V4 A3 D3 D4 Q4 VSYNC (SYNCT)
28 3 6 16 13 12 31
FPTS7 V5 A4 D4 D5 Q5 VDRIVE
29 5 6 7 2 P22 5 17 14 15 32
A5 D5 D6 Q6
30 2K/4K U17-8 2 V6 4 18 17 16 (BLANK) (BLANK) 33
2K/4K A6 D6 D7 Q7
31 DATACOMP V7 3 19 18 19 VDRIVE VSYNC 34
DATACOMP U15-19 A7 D7 D8 Q8
32 (CHARPRES) 1 V8 25 35
(CHARPRES) U15-6 1 A8
33 CHARDATA V9 24 VLATCH 11 VLATCH 36
CHARDATA U15-2 A9 CLK
34 CURSOR V10 21 1 (INHIBIT) 37
CURSOR U15-3 A10 CLR
V11 23 U38-9 CLAMP 38
A11
LINEMODE 2 CHSWT 39
A12
2K/4K 2K/4K 26 CLAPBRD 40
A13 4 CLAPBRD
R50 J22 27
CCVIRS PGM
LINE SELECT MODE 20
CE
U87-16 22 1
PROGPRES 5 1 - 2 FRONT PANEL SELECTION ENABLED OE VPP
2 - 3 VITS ON LINES 10 THROUGH 21
1 NO PLUG VITS ON LINES 17 THROUGH 30 VL0 U18-11
2
VL1 U18-10
J2
+5V
1 U16-11
+12V VL2
2 1 +5V
-12V VSYNC J56-3
3 CR27
R13B U87-14 U43-15 8 (BLANK) J57-3 1
4
2.7k DIP1 R12 VDRIVE U16-10
5 7
+5V 2.7k HALFLINE U13-31
6 3 6 DIP2
GLSEL1 1 5
7 5 DIP3 1
U87-9 +5V
8 4 DIP4
9 3 DIP5
10 U54-12 2 DIP6 1
-5V BBSTBY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
11
12 U29-18 1 S6
6 CLKA
13
+10V DIP1
14 1 16
-10V U70 CSYNC_IN 4
15 U57A-3
16 PAL22V10 R106 +5V 2 15 DIP2
17 1 CR28 U15-10
5 PROGSYNC I1/CLK
18 2 8 3 14 DIP3
I2 (BYPASS) 7
19 3 23 7 DIP7
I3 IO1 ID 1
20 SYNC1 4 22 6 DIP8 4 13 DIP4
I4 IO2
21 (INHIBIT) 5 21 5 DIP9
I5 IO3 BACKPORCH U22
22 PROGPRES 6 20 BYPASS 4 DIP10 5 12 DIP5
+5R I6 IO4 U43-26 74LS597
23 GLSEL1 7 19 3 DIP11
-5R 2K/4K I7 IO5 (2K/4K) DIP12 DIP6
24 8 18 2 6 11 14
I8 IO6 U18-7 DIP15 SER
25 9 17 15
I9 IO7 5 A
26 PORCH1 10 16 1 7 10 DIP7 DIP14 1
I10 IO8 (QINHIBIT) B
27 LOCKED 11 15 (LOCKED) DIP13 2
I11 IO9 U87-15 2 C
28 13 14 8 9 DIP8 DIP12 3
I12 IO10 D
29 DIP11 4
PROGPORCH E
30 DIP10 5
U57B-6 1 F
31 +5V DIP9 6
G
32 CR29 DIP8 7 9
H QH'
33 +5V 8
5 DIP13
34 7 10
J28 DIP14 SRCLR
6 13
R11 SRLOAD
3 +5V 5 DIP15 IDCLOCK 11
R135 +5V 2.7k SRCLK
4 DIP16 12
2.74k P28 RCLK
2 3 1
+5V
2
PFBYPASS R133
1
249.0 1 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
3 J28 +5V
CR25 S9B BYPASS LOCKOUT S5 U23
8 1 1 - 2 BUTTON ENABLED
+5V +5V DIP9 74LS597
2 - 3 BUTTON DISABLED 1 16
BYPASS R134
14
249.0 SER
1 7 6 5 4 3 2 4 2 15 DIP10 DIP7 15
DS1 DIP6 A
R13G 1
+5V B
2.7k 3 14 DIP11 DIP5 2
J27 C
R231 C184 BYPASS DIP4 3
D
1 8 249.0 0.1uF R211 R137 4 13 DIP12 DIP3 4
E
2 249.0 DIP2 5
4.32k R132 F
3 Q13 5 12 DIP13 DIP1 6
DS2 267.0 G
4 DIP16 7 9
H QH'
REMOTE 5 6 11 DIP14
+5V
6 +5V UNLOCKED 10
R213 SRCLR
7 R212 R138 7 10 DIP15 13
249.0 1 IDCLOCK SRLOAD
8 11
+5V 249.0 4.32k SRCLK
9 (INHIBIT) R13H Q14 8 9 DIP16 12
RCLK
10 2.7k
1 DS3
FPSTANDBY 9 +5V
R13C U87-3 POWER
2.7k 671-2132-05 & UP
(RESYNC) C161
4
(RESYNC) 1 0.1uF NOTE: NOT USED ON VITS 100
REV NOV 1992
H&V COUNTERS,DECODERS, SOURCE IDENTIFICATION & BYPASS CONTROLS 3

J6 R178
HARDWARE WATCHDOG RESET 2.7k
1 - 2 NO RESET 1
+5V
P6 2 - 3 HOLD IN RESET MODE
1
J6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
1 2 3
P8
U36
S8 74ALS244
1
1 P10 P10 2 18 ED0
1A1 1Y1
P11 4 16 ED1
2 1A2 1Y2
2 P11 P12 6 14 ED2
1A3 1Y3
P13 8 12 ED3
4 1A4 1Y4
4 P12 DIAG0 11 9 ED4
2A1 2Y1
DIAG1 13 7 ED5
8 2A2 2Y2
5 8 P13 DIAG2 15 5 ED6
2A3 2Y3
DIAG3 17 3 ED7
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 2A4 2Y4
(DIAG) 1
R177 +5V 1G
19
2.7k 2G
DIAG0 1 1
+5V
DIAG1
DIAG2 R179H
J4-3 DIAG3 1 2.7k U37
S7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
9 74ALS244
U31 DIAG[0..3] P20 P20 ED0
1 16 2 18
DS1232 3 1A1 1Y1
P21 4 16 ED1
1A2 1Y2
(AWAKE) 7 5 2 15 P21 P22 6 14 ED2
ST RST P23 1A3 1Y3 ED3
2 8 12
TD J5 1A4 1Y4
P8 1 671-2132-00 - 04 3 14 P22 P24 11 9 ED4
PBRST P5 2A1 2Y1
3 6 1 P25 13 7 ED5
+5V TOL RST P23 P26 2A2 2Y2 ED6
4 13 15 5
P27 2A3 2Y3 ED7
8 2 17 3
VCC 2A4 2Y4
4 5 12 P24
GND
3 (OFFSET) 1
1G
6 11 P25 19
2G
J5 7 10 P26
GENLOCK PROCESSOR RESET
1 - 2 NORMAL OPERATION 8 9 P27
2 - 3 RESET
NO PLUG NO HARDWARE RESETS ED[0..7]
ED[0..7]
U59
uP_CLK
6
U40
74ALS273 STAT[0..7]
ED0 3 2 STAT0 J4
D1 Q1
+5V ED1 4 5 STAT1
D2 Q2
ED2 7 6 STAT2
D3 Q3 3
1 ED3 8 9 STAT3
D4 Q4
ED4 13 12 STAT4
U29 R179D D5 Q5
ED5 14 15 STAT5
U35 ADG236 2.7k D6 Q6
ED6 17 16 STAT6
8mhz804c008 D7 Q7
A0 74 9 5 ED7 18 19 STAT7
PA0 PI_O0 D8 Q8
11 30 A0 A1 73 8 (DIAG)
+5V VCC A0 A1 A2 PA1 PI_O1 (STATUS)
31 72 7 11
A1 A2 A3 PA2 PI_O2 (CONTROL) P3 CLK
29 32 71 6 1
GND A2 PA3 PI_O3 CLR
33 A3 A4 69 5 (OFFSET)
A3 PA4 PI_O4
34 A4 A5 68 4
A4 PA5 PI_O6
35 A5 LAD[0..7] A6 67 3
A5 LAD[0..7] PA6 PI_O8
36 A6 A7 66 1 U38-9
A6 U41 PA7 PI_O9 MONOCHR J3-40
37 A7 A8 65 84
+5V A7 PA8 PI_O10 1
38 A8 A12 64 83 (ATAN)
Y39 A8 PA12 PI_O11
39 A9 A13 63 82 VCODAC U38-12
A9 5 PA13 PI_O12 VCODAC U14-4
40 A10 A14 62 81 (DIVISOR)
uP_CLK A10 A11 A15 PA14 PI_O13 (AWAKE) U59-13
6 1 61 80
CLK A11 A12 PA15 PI_O14 671-2132-00 - 04
2 79
C135 A12 PI_O15
3 A13 LAD0 20
0.1uF A13 PAD0 U32 6
4 A14 LAD1 21 60 D0
A14 +5V PAD1 PD0 27C256
5 A15 LAD2 23 59 D1
A15 PAD2 PD1
(RESET) 26 LAD3 24 57 D2 A0 10 11 D0
RESET PAD3 PD2 A0 D0
14 D0 1 LAD4 25 56 D3 A1 9 12 D1
+5V D0 PAD4 PD3 A1 D1 U38
15 D1 LAD5 26 54 D4 A2 8 13 D2
D1 R179C PAD5 PD4 A2 D2 74ALS273
12 D2 LAD6 27 53 D5 A3 7 15 D3
D2 2.7k PAD6 PD5 A3 D3
1 8 D3 LAD7 28 52 D6 A4 6 16 D4 ED0 3 2
D3 D4 PAD7 PD6 D7 A5 A4 D4 D5 ED1 D1 Q1 GLK/INT U60-8 6
R179B 7 4 50 5 17 4 5
D4 D5 P2 PD7 A6 A5 D5 D6 ED2 D2 Q2 ACQ/HOLD U60-1
9 15 4 18 7 6
2.7k D5 PSTD0 A6 D6 D3 Q3
10 D6 14 41 ED0 A7 3 19 D7 ED3 8 9
D6 PSTD1 PED0 A7 D7 D4 Q4
3 13 D7 13 40 ED1 A8 25 ED4 13 12
D7 PSTD2 PED1 ED2 A9 A8 ED5 D5 Q5
25 39 24 14 15
BUSRQ MREQ MREQ PED2 ED3 A10 A9 ED6 D6 Q6
19 48 37 21 17 16
MREQ PMREQ PED3 A10 D7 Q7 LOCKED U70-11
24 20 IORQ IORQ 47 36 ED4 A11 23 ED7 18 19
WAIT IORQ PIORQ PED4 A11 D8 Q8 CLAPBRD J3-40 3
21 RD RD 46 34 ED5 A12 2
RD PRD PED5 A12
22 WR WR 45 33 ED6 A13 26 (CONTROL) 11
WR PWR PED6 A13 CLK
27 M1 RM1 44 32 ED7 A14 27 P3 1
M1 PM1 PED7 A14 CLR
17 18 CSYNC_IN 18
NMI HALT PCSYNC_IN MONOCHR U87-13 1
23 49 20
BUSAK PSOFT_RST CE
16 28 30 43 EPROM_EN 22 1
INT RFSH U54-13 SYSCLK PSYSCLK PEPROM_EN OE VPP +5V
29 42
6 U54-5 FLPCLK PFLPCLK PCTC_EN
19
PCLMP_TM
2 17
+5V VDD PSIS_TM SIS_TM
22 16
VDD PV_CLAMP J9-3
35 12
VDD PUNLCK U80
55 11
VDD PDFLD_REF GAL16V8-M U34 U33
77
PSAMP_FIN 5 74ALS273 27C512
10 76 uP_CLK 1
GND PSTART_SMP I0/CLK
31 75 2 ED0 3 2 10 11 ED0
GND PS_HSYNC I1 D1 Q1 A0 D0
38 3 19 RM1 ED1 4 5 9 12 ED1
GND I2 F0 D2 Q2 A1 D1
51 4 18 ED2 7 6 8 13 ED2
GND (FRAME) M1 I3 F1 ED3 D3 Q3 A2 D2 ED3
58 5 17 8 9 7 15
GND U28-2 I4 F2 ED4 D4 Q4 A3 D3 ED4
70 6 16 13 12 6 16
78 7 15 ED5 14 15 5 17 ED5
8 14 ED6 17 16 4 18 ED6
3 I7 F5 D7 Q7 A6 D6
9 13 ED7 18 19 3 19 ED7
I8 F6 D8 Q8 A7 D7
11 12 A8 25
I9/OE F7 A8
(DIVISOR) 11 A9 24
CLK A9
P3 1 A10 21
CLR A10
A11 23
A11
A12 2
A12
A13 26
U30 A14 A13
27
Z84C3008 A14
A15 1
A15
A0 18 25 D0
CS0 D0
A1 19 26 D1 20
CS1 D1 CE
16 27 D2 (ATAN) 22
CE D2 OE/VPP
M1 14 28 D3
M1 D3
R179I IORQ 10 1 D4
IORQ D4
2.7k RD 6 2 D5
RD D5
1 10 (RESET) 17 3 D6
+5V RESET D6
uP_CLK 15 4 D7
CLK D7
23 7
CK/TRG0 TO0
22 8
CSYNC_IN CK/TRG1 TO1
21 9
CSYNC_IN CK/TRG2 TO2
20
CK/TRG3
U70-22
P2 13 11 +5V +5V +5V
IEI IEO
3 24 1 1 1
+5V VCC
5 12 (INT)
GND INT R179E R179F R179G
C136 2.7k 2.7k 2.7k
0.1uF 6 7 8
R179A
2.7k UNUSED PULL-UP RESISTORS
1 2 (INT)
+5V
NOTE: SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD
REV OCT 1992
GENLOCK 4
L19 C120
9uH 240pF
R35
392
R33 R32 R34
100 301.0 301.0
PROGRAM
GAIN R36
ADJUST
2.00k
U44
TDA2595
U42
R39 C12 2 1
EL2090 FB PLSE CNTL OUT
200.0 0.22uF
C3 1 13 11 3 +12V
J10 R214 VIDIN- VIDOUT COMP VID PH DET
10uF 499
PROGRAM IN 3 8 4
VIDIN+ EHT HORZ OUT
Q1
5 11 14 6 +12V
S/H+ S/H OUT HOSC CASTLE
PROGIN R18 +12V
6 C4 16 7 C10
K2-4 15.0k S/H- VIDEO H OSC MUTE
100pF 0.22uF R47
7 9 R100 C11 10
+10V HCNTL CHOLD 50% POINT 15.0k
7 .0047uF Q3
14 9
V+ +10V 7 COMP SYNC
2 12
NC V- -10V +12V
8 18
R29 NC PHASE DET
10 4
14.2k NC GND
17
LIMIT
PROGRAM 12 Q2
IDENT VR2
OFFSET 15
+12V VCC 6.2V
ADJUST S/N B020527 & BELOW 5 13 U57A
R30 GND COIN DET C9
500 74F00
C8 .015uF 1
C185
C509 .001uF 0.22uF 3
C13 PROGSYNC
3pF 2
0.1uF +12V U70-3
R50 R48
R31 2.05k 2.00k
14.3k R41 R43 R45 3
R40 118.0k 100.0K 75.0k VR1
R507 50.0k 6.2V
R508
-10V 71.5k 20.0k C7 PROGPRES
R42 .01uF R44 R46
J4-16
11.5k 4.75k 681.0
R51 U57B
2.74k 3
74F00
5
VIDEO INPUT BUFFER, C6
0.56uF
C5
.0047uF 4
6
PROGPORCH
CLAMP, AND SYNC C4

100pF
U70-9
U42-9
STRIPPER R49
2.00k
3
671-2132-00 - 04
C175
R21
20.0k 200pF VIRS DETECT
TESTSIG +12V
U67-13 +5V
+12V
7 R24 +5V
+12V 11.5k R28
R25 1 U47A
1 4.75k
R216 U46A 200.0 LM319
8 R23 4
20.0k 3 LF353 12 R54
R20 1.0k 402.0k
1 5 C22
VIDEO 20.0k
2 1uF
6 3
4
-12V -12V 1 1 U71B

5 4
96LS02
R22 U47B C R
20.0k R26 LM319 X X
U48A
200.0 9 74ALS32 12 10
A Q
C2 7 2
200pF 10 3 11 C 9
B L Q VIRSPRES
1
(VIRSAMP)
8 U17-13
U17-12 1
R27 3
11.5k 1
1
+5V
-12V
J9
3 LAD[0..7]
SIS_TM LAD[0..7]
J9 U29-17 2 +5V U29
SOUND-IN-SYNC MODE P9
1 - 2 NO SOUND-IN-SYNC OPERATION 1 C160
2 - 3 SOUND-IN-SYNC OPERATION 4 4
0.1uF
GENLOCK A/D
R38
301.0 J52 2 1 U41
+5V PAL22V10 R141
U43 1 200.0k
R185 C14 I1/CLK C83
TDA8708 2
301 4.7uF I2 1uF
R37 C16 16 13 AD0 AD0 3 23 LAD0
R192 VIN0 D0 I3 IO1
301.0 4.7uF 17 12 AD1 AD1 4 22 LAD1
2.74k VIN1 D1 I4 IO2
18 11 AD2 AD2 5 21 LAD2
VIN2 D2 I5 IO3 U71A
10 AD3 AD3 6 20 LAD3
D3 I6 IO4 1 2
14 4 AD4 AD4 7 19 LAD4 96LS02
I0 D4 I7 IO5
15 3 AD5 AD5 8 18 LAD5
GLSEL1 I1 D5 I8 IO6 C R
2 AD6 L1 AD6 9 17 LAD6 X X
J4-11 D6 I9 IO7
5 1 AD7 R52 39.5uH AD7 10 16 LAD7
CLKD CLK D7 I10 IO8
1.0k 11 15 CAPTION 4 6
U62-13 CCLINE I11 IO9 A Q CCPRES
28 19 13 14
3 SYNCTIP RPEAK ANOUT I12 IO10 C U17-9
U17-17 5 7
U27-9 R19 +5R B L Q
C1 9
6 332 OF
0.1uF 1 1
21 3
3 +5V DEC
27 +5V R55 C20
GATEA 10.0 J3-35
26 5.6pF
BACKPORCH GATEB
6
U70-21 VCCD
24 22 C23 U41-14
CLAMP VCCA RXDV 3 R142
7 0.1uF
C18 VCCO C19 2.74k
25 8
3 AGC DGND 10pF
.022uF 20 23 671-2132-00 - 04
C17 ADCIN AGND
0.22uF +5V
J2-4
R53
1.0k U41-13
RSLINE 3
+5V +10V +12V
671-2132-00
C150 C158 C157 C159 C507 C21
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 33pF 33pF
-10V

4
R217
162/260
2 3
1
TP11
P33 J11 R69 U81A
R68 C39 TP -5V
1 1 20.0k 10H131
511 150pF Q8
2 2 5
S U54
3 3 U55A U55C 2
+10V R207 Q 10125
4 4 1 7
R70 D
5 5 1 6 10H116 10H116 162 3 2 4
100.0k Q AI Q0 CLKB
C18 C17 5 3 13 15 6 3
CR14 0.1uF R4 0.1uF E1 AI U28-1
9 1
CC VCC
20k 4 2 12 14 16 6 5
VCC R225 R226 BI Q1
-5V 4 8 7
R72 R224 R206 R VEE -5V 511 511 BI 3
1 8 1
R3 2.43k 1 1 511 261
R1 10 12
1.0M R191 R190 CI Q2
47.5 11
511 511 CI
-5V -5V -5V FLPCLK
-5V -5V -5V 14 13
DI Q3
15 U29-29 U83-1
DI
C16 -5V -5V
36pF C15 RT11 9 1
+5V VCC VBB 4 1
12pF 20k 16
R71 GND
Q10 8
100.0k -5V VEE
CLOCK R74
3.01k CLKA
FREQ C19 Y1 R5 C8 C41 R76
0.8-10pF 28.63636MHz 20k 150pF 0.1uF 4 P32 4 U6-21 U70-1
3.92K
R218 R219
162/260 J32 162/260 1 3
1 2 3
C6 R9 C42
U56B 1000pF
100pF 332 2 3 2 3
1458 R73 SYSCLK
6 6.81k U29-30
7
5
4
1 1
C40
119-4328-01 1000pF U55B U63A
-5V -5V
10H116 10H116 1 1
6
NOTE: SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES 10 7 5 3 CLK8FSC
CLK8FSC U65-2
AND SERIAL NUMBER BREAKS. A1A1 CRYSTAL OVEN BOARD 7
9 6 4 2 (CLK8FSC)
(CLK8FSC) U65-3
U63B 1 1 8
1 1
10H116 R223 R222 R221 R220
C125
10 7 511 511 511 511
0.1uF U62
9 6 10125
U63C
-5V -5V VEE VEE 2 4
10H116 AI Q0 8FSC
1 -5V 3
1 AI
13 15 U15-1
6 5
BI Q1
12 14 7
BI 1
U63A-2 (CLK8FSC)
1 10 12
1 CI Q2
11
CI
R221 U62-2
CLKC
511 14 13
DI Q3
15 J3-25
DI
671-2132-00 - 04
9 1
+5V VCC VBB 3
16
GND
8
-5V VEE
+5V CLKD
U59
U43-5
AD7524
C128
15 14
-10V VREF VDD +5V 0.1uF 5
3
GND
12
CS
13
VCODAC WR J12
U29-82 ED0 11 16 +12V 3
ED1 DB0 RFB +5R
10 R92
ED2 DB1 8 U61A
9 R89 R88 R87 2
4 DB2 4.75k 1458 P12
ED3 8 3
DB3 2.00k 2.00k 20.0k
ED4 7 1 CORRECTION 1
DB4
ED5 6 1 2
DB5 I1
ED6 5 J12
DB6 U60
ED7 4 2 4 CR5 VCO CONTROL
DB7 I2 R90 DG211 R86
39.2k 1 392K 1 - 2 NORMAL OPERATION
R91 -12V C46
ED[0..7] 2.21k 10uF +10V 2 - 3 VCO CENTER FREQUENCY ADJUST
ED[0..7]
3 2
U40 -10V
16
4
14 15
9
U38-5 ACQ/HOLD
11 10
4
U38-2 8
GLK/INT
6 7
J13 13 12
OVEN CONTROL +12V +5V
4 5
R82 -12V
1 - 2 OSCILLATOR OVEN ON
20.0k 2 - 3 OSCILLATOR OVEN OFF
R81
200.0k P13
-5V +12V
J13 1 2 3
R80 U56A
47.5k 8 R77
3 1458 Q9
-12V 1.0k
1
2
4
VR3
-12V 2.4V
C43
0.1uF
-5V
R79
200.0k
R78 R83
47.5k 1 OHM
-12V -5V

REV NOV 1992
CLOCKS 6
FULL FIELD TEST SIGNAL
R103 J50
L18 C119
75.0 1
9uH 240pF
R120
C165 L20 392
R506 R210 R124
5.5-30 1.51uH 100 100 536
C183
33pF R123
ETSD[0..11] 110
ETSD[0..11] R209 J51
R121 150.0
U11 1
2.00k
U65
C73 C74 C75 2
1 155-0316-01
10pF 43pF 33pF R122
ETSD0 9 13
D0(LSB) OUT 50
ETSD1 8 14
D1 OUT U67
ETSD2 7
D2 EL2090
ETSD3 6 15 L12 L13 L14
U63A-3 CLK8FSC D3 LGND
ETSD4 67 16 R98 1.42-1.68uH 1.42-1.68uH 1.42-1.68uH C66 C164 1 13
6 D4 LGND VIDIN- VIDOUT TESTSIG
ETSD5 65 70pF 10uF
U63A-2 (CLK8FSC) ETSD6 D5 24.9
64 17 3 R21
D6 OUT VIDIN+
ETSD7 62 18
C182 D7 OUT R105
ETSD8 60 C76 C77 T2 5 11
+2.5V ETSD9 D8 C78 S/H+ S/H OUT 150.0 5
22pF 59 10
ETSD10 D9 NC 132pF 278pF 267pF R208
58 11 6 C67
D10 NC C79 R99 15.0k S/H-
ETSD11 54 12 .001uF
R101 D11(MSB) NC 75.0
+12V 21 77pF 7 9
R230 2.00k NC CLAMP HCNTL CHOLD
U84 R102 2 22
1.50k CLK NC U28-22
5534 3.01k 3 23 14
CLK NC V+ +10V
1 8 7 R227 1 24 2 12
-5V CLK EN NC NC V-
3 25 8 C72
10.0 NC 3 NC
6 38 27 10 4
VREF1 NC L21 NC GND 0.1uF
2 39 31
C181 VREF1 NC +10V
35 36 413nH
R229 0.1uF C180 VREF2 NC -10V
4 5 C178 42 37
1.0k C179 R228 0.1uF VREF3 NC
0.1uF 40 S/N B020513 & BELOW
0.1uF 1.0k NC
C177 28 41
-5V COMP1 NC R125
-12V 0.1uF 43 T2 C506
NC C65 14.2k
47 45 360pF
-5V COMP2 NC 560pF
46
NC
50 61 C510
-5V COMP3 NC
0.1uF
C176 32 26
TEST1 SUB R127
0.1uF 44 500
SUB -5V
19
TEST2 C511 C68
U65-33 49
TEST3 0.1uF
51 20 0.1uF C506 C65 R126
TEST4 AGND
-5V U65-34 52 29 360pF 560pF
TEST5 AGND 14.3k
53 30
TEST6 AGND
68 48
TEST7 AGND
W1
33 4 L21 -10V
-5A DGND
-5V U65-5 34 56 413nH
-5A DGND
57
U65-55 DGND
5 63
-5D DGND
55 66
-5D DGND
-5V
671-2132-00 - 04
TESTSIGNAL
R104
150.0
+12V
+12V
+12V
R109
+12V Q12 CR7 10.0k
CR8 K2
15 16 C53
10uF
R106
1.0k Q11
9 10
(BYPASS) J15
U70-14 8 11 PROGRAM OUT
14
3
U64
R100 R112 13 12
CHSW4
75.0 19 5 75.0
VIDEO IN1 AOUT
TESTSIGNAL 17 L7 L8 6 5
IN2
U42-13 1 15 293nH 293nH
IN3
13 4 7 4
R118 IN4 AINV PROGIN
2
5 75.0 R119 J10
6 1
R130 75.0 BOUT C52
J53
75.0 18 77pF 2 3
CB 5
20 7
C54 CP BINV R116
3 L6
C55 CN 400.0
0.1uF 8 14 R117 83nH
C56 CD VCC +5R
0.1uF 2
C57 VCC3 400.0
0.1uF 1
VCC4
0.1uF 16
VCC5
11 12
U87-23 SW0 A0 GND
10 9 C60
1 U87-22 SW1 A1 VEE -5R
5.6pF R108
75.0
R110
1.21k
R114 -12V
400.0 C59
R115 R113 10pF J14
+5R +5R +5R
400.0 75.0 MONITOR OUT
C58 C70 C71
C155 0.1uF 100uF 0.1uF C61
5.6pF
O
-5R
671-2132-00 - 04 C51 C69 R111

0.1uF 0.1uF 1.21k
-5V -5R
-12V
NOTE: NOT USED ON VITS 100

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES
REV SEP 1995
ANALOG OUTPUT 7
FLOATING COMMON
REAR S10A
PANEL
LF1 F1
1 2
110V
OR RT1
C 5 CR12
220V L17 C88
R143 R144 RV1 150UH 220pF
C84
22M 1M 330V 0.15uF
C85 R145
3 4 .01uF 10M
R157
C110 C
S10B 150UF 270k
U72
P21
C86 DS4 7812 J21
.01uF C87 2 2 B100
0.1uF
1 1
C500 CR24
47uF
F
R501 R500
20.0k 1M
J17
F
HOUSEKEEPING SUPPLY
1 - 2 HOUSEKEEPING SUPPLY ENABLE CR15
NO PLUG HOUSEKEEPING SUPPLY DISABLE
R154
100K J18
TRANSFORMER ENABLE
+15V
1 - 2 NORMAL OPERATION U85
NO PLUG DISABLES POWER SUPPLY R156 7812
CR10
5
+12VP
C104 C100 C106

P17 C102 CR16
TP3 T1 47uF 1uF 1uF
11 1000uF
C117 H
14.1V J17
0.1uF 2 1 CR9
6
F
C115 C113 12
1uF 100uF
U73 H
R502 F 5 7912
30.1K 7 F C105 C101 C107
U78 F C103 R155 CR17
CR11 1000uF 47uF 1uF 1uF
3842 5
P18 13
-12VP
V 8 J18
R165 CVREF
C 2 1
10.0k 1 4 8
COMP R173
3.01k CR18
C508 R175 C118 4 Q180 C96
1uF 10.0k .001uF CT 0.47uF 2
C111
2 F 9
VFB .01uF
F
6 3
OUT
F
R180 R149
CR20
10.0k 50
1 10
C99 R162 7
F CR22 Q16
100uf 18.2k G 3 CR21
N IS
F L16
D H 5uH
CR14
8 U76A Q18 5 H
LM393 R172 R153 +5VP
2 CR19
20.0k 270k
1
3 C108 C95 Q15
F C92 C512 VR4
2700uF 2700uF 1uF 100uF
Q17 5.0V
4
R164 R147
40.02k R150 27
F
J19 10
OVERCURRENT SHUTDOWN
F C89
1 - 2 SHUTDOWN ENABLE C97 R146
C116 0.1uF
NO PLUG SHUTDOWN DISABLE R151 680pF 1k
.01uF
R184 10k
P19 C109 L15
2.15k C91 C94
1uF 10uH
J19 R152 CR13 2700uF 100uF
1 2 F 1.50k -5VP
R504 C114
CR26 R174 R163
10.0k 470pF
4.75k 0.51Ohm
R161
4.75k U76B
C501 F
LM393 F F
.47UF R503
5 10.0k
F
7
R171 6
1k U75
+5V
ADJ R159 SOC123A
10.0k 5 1 R166 R167 R168
475 150.0K 2.00k
4 2
R160 6
8.25k C112
C98
R158 .068uF
0.1uF
F 2.74k
U74
F 3 TL431C
R169
2 1.50k
R170
1k
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE
ADJUST NOTE: SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES
REV MAY 1993
POWER SUPPLY 8
J20 U52
+12V 7805
1 +12VP
+12V OUTPUT P20 2 +12V +12V
+5R
3 -12VP
150 MA P34 4 -12V
5 +5VP C33 C37 C174
-12V OUTPUT P35 6 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
+5V -12V
7
150 MA P36 8 TP6
9 -5VP +12VP
+5V OUTPUT P37 10
-5V
11
4AMPS +12VP
P38 12
-5.2V OUTPUT 13
14
1.5 AMPS 15 TP5
U53
16 -12VP 7905
C34 C36 C38
-12VP 0.1uF 0.1uF
100uF
-12V
-5R
TP2
+5VP
+5VP L2
1.1uH
TP1
-5VP
-5VP
R66
4.7
-5V VEE R62 Q6
+2.5V
499
+5V VCC
U51
R56 U50A
MC1403 8
2.49k 358 R61
2 Q4
1.0k
1
3
C26 C24
0.1uF 0.1uF 4
R63 +10V
10.0k
C172 C29 C504
TP4 TP7 TP8 TP9 TP10 0.1uF 0.1uF 10uF
GND GND GND GND GND R57 C27
3.32k 0.1uF
R64
10.0k
R65
10.0k
C28
0.1uF
C173 C30 C505

0.1uF 0.1uF 10uF
U50B -10V
358
R59
R58 5 Q5
1.0k
4.99k 7
6
Q7
R60
499
R67
4.7
L3 C25
1.1uH 0.1uF
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
C121 C122 C123 C124 C129 C130 C131 C132 C134 C137 C139
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
U18 U19 U20 U21 U36 U16 U17 U14 U38 U33 U32
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
C140 C141 C145 C146 C147 C149 C152 C153 C156 C162 C163
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
U37 U40 U8 U3 U7 U41 U28 U26 U45 U29 U29
+12V +12V
C126 C503 C169 C170 C171
0.1uF 0.1uF C167 C168 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
0.1uF 0.1uF
-5V -5V -12V -12V -12V

REV NOV 1992
REGULATOR & DECOUPLING CAPS 9

A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 through -04)

Figure 9–3: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 –04)
# "

!$


Table 9–3: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–00 through -04

This section contains a list of the replaceable mechanical components for the
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter. Use this list to identify and order replacement
parts.
Parts Ordering Information

Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or
representative.
Changes to Tektronix products are sometimes made to accommodate improved
components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest
improvements. Therefore, when ordering parts, it is important to include the
following information in your order.
H Part number
H Instrument type or model number
H Instrument serial number
H Instrument modification number, if applicable
If you order a part that has been replaced with a different or improved part, your
local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any
change in part number.
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.
Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List

The tabular information in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List is arranged for
quick retrieval. Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you
find all of the information you need for ordering replacement parts. The
following table describes the content of each column in the parts list.

Parts List Column Descriptions
Column Column Name Description

1 Figure & Index Number Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the exploded view
illustrations that follow.
2 Tektronix Part Number Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix.
3 and 4 Serial Number Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective. Column four
indicates the serial number at which the part was discontinued. No entries indicates the part is
good for all serial numbers.
5 Qty This indicates the quantity of parts used.
6 Name & Description An item name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an
item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. Use the U.S. Federal Catalog handbook
H6-1 for further item name identification.
7 Mfr. Code This indicates the code of the actual manufacturer of the part.
8 Mfr. Part Number This indicates the actual manufacturer’s or vendor’s part number.
Abbreviations Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI Y1.1–1972.
Chassis Parts Chassis-mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the
Replaceable Electrical Parts List.
Mfr. Code to Manufacturer The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes, names, and addresses
Cross Index of manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list.

Manufacturers Cross Index, Mechanical Parts
Mfr.
01536 TEXTRON INC 1818 CHRISTINA ST ROCKFORD, IL 61108
0J9P4 DELTA ENGINEERING & MFG. CO. 19500 SW TETON TUALATIN, OR 97062
0JR05 TRIQUEST PRECISION PLASTICS 3000 LEWIS & CLARK HWY VANCOUVER, WA 98666–6008
PO BOX 66008
0KB01 STAUFFER SUPPLY CO 810 SE SHERMAN PORTLAND, OR 97214–4657
13764 MICRO PLASTICS INC. HIGHWAY 178 NORTH FLIPPIN, AR 72634
22526 BERG ELECTRONICS INC 857 OLD TRAIL ROAD ETTERS, PA 17319
2K262 BOYD CORPORATION 6136 NE 87TH AVENUE PORTLAND, OR 97220
52152 3M COMPANY INDUSTRIAL TAPE DIVISION ST PAUL, MN 55144–1000
3M CENTER
5Y400 TRIAX METAL PRODUCTS INC DIV OF BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO. HILLSBORO, OR 97124–6629
1800 NW 216TH AVE
73743 FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO 111 INDUSTRIAL RD COLD SPRINGS, KY 41076
PO BOX 76500
80009 TEKTRONIX INC 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR BEAVERTON, OR 97077–0001
PO BOX 500
80126 PACIFIC ELECTRICORD CO 747 WEST REDONDO BEACH GARDENA, CA 90247–4203
PO BOX 10
93907 CAMCAR DIV OF TEXTRON INC ATTN: ALICIA SANFORD ROCKFORD, IL 611045181
516 18TH AVE
TK0435 LEWIS SCREW CO. 4300 SOUTH RACINE AVENUE CHICAGO, IL 60609
TK1547 MOORE ELECTRONICS INC 19500 SW 90TH CT TUALATIN, OR 97062
PO BOX 1030
TK1828 LITE SPECIALTY METAL WORKS 20460 SW AVERY CT TUALATIN, OR 97062
TK1947 NORTHWEST ETCH TECHNOLOGY 2601 S HOOD ST TACOMA, WA 98411–0610
PO BOX 110610
TK2562 MOLDING SPECIALITIES INC 3000 LEWIS & CLARK HWY VANCOUVER, WA 98661–2999

Replaceable Mechanical Parts List
Fig. &
Index Tektronix Part Serial No. Serial No. Mfr.
Number Number Effective Discont’d Qty Name & Description Code Mfr. Part Number
1–1 211–0119–00 15 SCREW,MACH:4–40 X 0.25,FLH,100 DEG,STL BK OXD POZ 93907 ORDER BY DESCR
–2 200–3994–00 1 DOOR:ALUMINUM 0J9P4 200–3994–00
–3 200–3968–00 1 COVER,TOP:ALUMINUM 0J9P4 200–3968–00
–4 134–0209–00 1 BUTTON,PLUG:0.344 OD,SNAP–IN 0.187 DIA HOLE,NYLON 13764 62PP018BM14
6/6,MATTE
–5 210–1039–00 3 WASHER,LOCK:0.521 ID,INT,0.025 THK,SST 0KB01 1224–02–00–0541C
–6 220–0497–00 3 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.5–28 X 0.562 HEX,BRS CD PL 73743 ORDER BY DESCR
–7 175–9877–00 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:10,28 AWG,12.5 L,RIBBON TK1547 ORDER BY DESCR
–8 214–3903–01 2 SCREW,JACK:4–40 X 0.312 EXT THD,4–40 INT THD,0.188 0KB01 214–3903–01
HEX,STEEL,CADPLATE
–9 337–3796–00 B010100 B020335 1 SHIELD,ELEC:LINE FILTER,ALUMINUM TK1947 337–3796–00
337–3796–01 B020336 1 SHIELD,ELEC:0.032 BRASS,C26000,0.5 HARD 80009 337–3796–01
–10 211–0014–00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.5,PNH,STL CD PL,POZ 93907 ORDER BY DESCR
–11 131–3537–00 1 CONN,HDR:PCB,MALE,RTANG,1 X 12,0.1 CTR,0.230 MLG X 22526 68016–112
0.120 TAIL,30 GOLD
–12 337–3846–00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:POWER SUPPLY 80009 337–3846–00
–13 348–0844–00 6 PAD,CUSHIONING:0.05 SQ X 0.23 H,POLYURETHANE 52152 SJ–5018–GRAY
W/PRESSURE SENS ADHESIVE
–14 211–0244–00 16 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4–40 X 0.312,PNH,STL,CD PL,POZ 01536 821–02775
–15 200–3264–00 1 COVER,TOP:ALUMINUM 5Y400 ORDER BY DESCR
–16 211–0021–00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 1.25,PNH,STL CD PL,POZ TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR
–17 348–0935–00 1 GASKET:2.0 X 1.7,NEOPRENE 2K262 ORDER BY DESCR
–18 432–0154–00 1 BASE,HEAT SINK:PLASTIC TK2562 432–0154–00
–19 200–3975–00 B010100 B020554 1 COVER,BOTTOM:ALUMINUM 0J9P4 200–3975–00
–19 200–3975–02 B030555 1 COVER,BOTTOM:ALUMINUM 0J9P4 200–3975–02
–20 ––––––––––– 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER
(SEE A1 REPL)
–21 426–2420–01 1 FRAME,FRONT:ALUMINUM 80009 426–2420–01
–22 337–3812–00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:PLASTIC,BOTTOM 80009 337–3812–00
–23 333–3959–00 1 PANEL,FRONT:VITS100 0J9P4 333–3959–00
–24 ––––––––––– 1 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:OVEN
(SEE A1A1 REPL)
253–0143–00 B020323 1 TAPE,PRESS SENS:KAPTON,1.0 X 0.001 36YDS PER ROLL 80009 253–0143–00
(QUANTITY 1.250 INCHES)
–25 210–0586–00 1 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4–40 X 0.25,STL CD PL 0KB01 ORDER BY DESCR
–26 214–3863–01 B010100 B020322 1 HEAT SINK,ELEC:ALUMINUM TK1828 ORDER BY DESCR
214–4585–00 B020323 1 HEAT SINK,ELEC:1.55 X 0.96,YELLOW CHROMATE CVRSN 80009 214–4585–00
COATING
–27 211–0513–00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6–32 X 0.625,PNH,STL CD PL TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR
–28 200–3266–01 1 CAP,HEAT SINK:PLASTIC 0JR05 200–3266–01

Replaceable Mechanical Parts List (Cont.)
Fig. &
Index Tektronix Part Serial No. Serial No. Mfr.
Number Number Effective Discont’d Qty Name & Description Code Mfr. Part Number
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
161–0216–00 1 CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,18 AWG,2.5M L,BLACK 80126 C7120–25M–BL
070–8333–00 1 MANUAL,TECH:VITS100 80009 070–8333–00

4
5
28 6
7
8
27 9
10
26
25
24
14
11
12
13
14
14
15
16
17
18
23 19
20
22 A1
14
21 14 1
Figure 10–1: Exploded view

Appendix
Appendix A: Options
This Appendix describes the available VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter options.
Operation of the instrument is relatively straightforward; the following options
expand its utility to situations other than typical broadcast applications:
H Option 1J has three signals that differ slightly from those in the standard
signal set. These signals are FCC Color Bars without setup, Multipulse
without setup, and Red Field with altered luminance and chrominance
amplitudes. See page A–2 for more information.
H Option 1M inserts NTSC VITS into the vertical interval of PAL-M video
signals. See page A–4 for more information.
H Option 2 is designed for the cable industry. It has two altered signals, a
multiburst and continuous sweep that are optimized for cable applications.
See page A–6 for more information.
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual A–1

Appendix A: Options
Option 1J
The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Option 1J contains the following three
signals that are modifications of those in the standard VITS inserter:
H Red Field, with modified luminance and chrominance amplitudes
H FCC Color Bars without setup
H Multipulse without setup
Signal Characteristics See Figures A–1 through A–3 and Table A–1 for descriptions of these signals.
100
70.2
22.5
–25.2
–40
0 4.7 9.8 61.8 63.56ms
Figure A–1: Option 1J Red Field signal
Table A–1: Option 1J Red Field Characteristics
Characteristic Description
Luminance
Amplitude 160.72 mV 1%
Rise Time 250 ns 25 ns
Chrominance
Amplitude 681.23 mV 1%
Phase 103.4° 0.3°
Rise Time 400 ns 40 ns
A–2 VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Appendix A: Options
100
–40
0 4.7 9.2 15.8 22.4 29.0 35.6 42.2 48.8 55.5 63.56ms
Figure A–2: Option 1J FCC Color Bar signal
100
80
–40
0 4.7 9.8 15.7 19.3 25.8 36.1 44.4 51.5 57.4 63.56ms
Figure A–3: Option 1J Multipulse signal
Factory Configuration The factory-programmed selection of VITS signals is also unique in Option 1J;
see Table A–2.

Appendix A: Options
Table A–2: Option 1J Factory Programmed VITS Insertions
Line Field Signal

17 1 FCC Composite signal
17 2 Multiburst
18 1 and 2 Pass*
19 1 Color Bars (No Setup)
19 2 Pass*
20 1 Sin X/X
20 2 Red Field (Luminance and Chrominance altered)
Option 1M
The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter with Option 1M is designed to genlock to a
PAL-M color television signal. This option permits use of the VITS inserter in
conjuction with a VM700A Video Measurement Set. When two VITS100 NTSC
VITS Inserters are used, as described below, you can use a VM700A Option 1
(NTSC) to make PAL-M system measurements. The VM700A Video Measure-
ment Set Option 11 (PAL) cannot be used because it relies on a 50 Hz field rate,
rather than the 60 Hz rate of the PAL-M standard.
Making Measurements This application uses two VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserters, connected as shown
with Option 1M in Figure A–4, to make the automated vertical interval measurements from the
VM700A menu. The first VITS inserter genlocks to the PAL-M signal and
inserts NTSC VITS signals into the vertical interval. This instrument is locked to
both sync and burst and is operating in a standard insertion mode.
The second VITS inserter, located near the VM700A Video Measurement Set,
operates in the bypass mode. The video measurement set input is from the VITS
inserter MONITOR OUT, which is an NTSC signal with PAL-M active video.
VITS signals that have traversed the entire plant can be measured, but measure-
ments that relate to sync and burst can only be made on the inserted NTSC sync
and burst.
NOTE. The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter used with the VM700A Video Measure-
ment Set must remain in bypass mode at all times; if it does not, the inserted
sync and color burst will be distributed throughout the plant. Do not rely on the
front-panel BYPASS switch; instead, hard wire the rear-panel REMOTE
connector (as shown in Figure A–4) to force the VITS inserter to remain in
bypass mode.

Appendix A: Options
5 REMOTE 1
Short pins 5 and 9 together to Short pins 1 and 6 together to lock

insert NTSC Sync and Burst. VITS 100 into BYPASS mode.
9 6
PAL-M Signal
with NTSC VITS
PAL-M Source To plant
Program Out
VITS Inserter VITS Inserter
Program In Program Out Program In Monitor Out

VM700A
PAL-M Signal with Option 1
PAL-M Signal with PAL-M Signal NTSC VITS and inserted
inserted NTSC VITS with NTSC VITS NTSC Sync and Burst
Program
line
Figure A–4: Video Measurement Set application for Option 1M
Option 1M Signals Option 1M VITS signals are the same as those available with the standard
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter. Table A–3 lists the factory configuration
(through DIP switches S1–S4) of the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter, Op-
tion 1M.
Table A–3: Option 1M Factory Programmed VITS Insertions
Line Field Signal

17 1 NTC7 Composite signal
17 2 NTC7 Combination signal
18 1 and 2 Pass*
19 1 VIRS
19 2 VIRS
20 1 and 2 Pass*

Appendix A: Options
Option 2
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Option 2 generates Cable Sweep and Cable
Multiburst signals to accommodate cable system measurements. These signals
replace the VIRS and Auto VIRS selections of the standard VITS inserter and
are selected with the same DIP switch settings (see Table A–4). See VITS
Selection, beginning on page 2–5, for more information about signal selection.
Table A–4: Option 2 DIP Switch Settings
Test Signal DIP Segment Settings

1 (5) 2 (6) 3 (7) 4 (8)
Cable Multiburst 1 0 1 1
Cable Sweep 0 0 1 1
Option 2 VITS inserters are configured during manufacture to insert these

signals; see Factory Configuration, on page A–8, for more information.
Signal Characteristics Characteristics of the Cable Sweep and Cable Multiburst are listed in Table A–5;
Figures A–5 and A–6 show the two waveforms.
Table A–5: Cable System Test Signal Characteristics
Name Description
Cable Multiburst See Figure A–5 for timing information.
Packet Amplitudes 60 IRE
Pedestal Amplitudes 30 IRE
Burst Frequencies 500 kHz, 1.25 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz,
3.75 MHz, 4.0 MHz
Packet Rise Time
500 kHz 140 ns typical (sin2 shaped packets)
Cable Sweep See Figure A–6 for timing information.
Pedestal Amplitude 50 IRE
Sweep
Amplitude 100 IRE
Frequencies
Start 0.1 MHz
Stop 4.2 MHz

Appendix A: Options
100
500mV 0.5 1.25 2.0 3.0 3.75 4.0 MHz
0mV
–40
0 4.7 9.5 15.7 23.2 30.6 38.0 45.4 52.8 60.2
12.7 17.2 24.6 32.0 39.4 46.8 54.2 61.98ms
Figure A–5: Cable Multiburst
714.28mV 0.1 4.2 MHz

100
357.14mV
–40
0 4.7 9.8 61.6556ms
11.0 60.5
Figure A–6: Cable Sweep

Appendix A: Options
Factory Configuration Table A–6 lists the factory configuration (through DIP switches S1–S4) of the
Option 2 VITS inserter.
Table A–6: Option 2 Factory Programmed VITS Insertions
Line Field Signal

17 1 Cable Multiburst signal
17 2 Cable Sweep signal
18 1 FCC Composite signal
18 2 Sin X/X
19 1 and 2 Pass*
20 1 and 2 Pass*

Index
Index
A O
Accessories, 1–2 Options
Auto VIRS, 1–2, 2–4 Option 1J, A–2
Option 1M, A–4
Option 2, A–6
B Oscillator, adjustment, 6–12
Bypass, 2–1
lockout, 7–5
remote control of, 2–8, A–4
P
PAL-M, VITS insertion, A–4
Pass (program video), 2–4
C Power switch, 2–2
Cable-specific VITS, A–6
Cleaning & Inspection, 7–7
Controls, 2–1
R
Rack adapters, 1–5
Remote control, 1–2, 2–3, 2–8
D Repair service, 7–1
Disassembly instructions, 7–8
S
F Sound-in-Sync, 7–5
Source ID, 1–2, 2–2, 2–4
Factory configuration, 2–5
Specifications, verification procedure, 5–3
Option 1J, A–4
Static-sensitive components, 6–1, 7–2
Option 1M, A–5
Option 2, A–8
Fuse, 2–2 T
Test Signals, available, 1–1
G Troubleshooting, 7–11
Genlock, 2–1, 4–1
U
I Unlocked LED, 2–1
Inspection, incoming, 5–1
Installation, 1–5 V
VIRS, auto, 1–2, 2–4
J VITS
available, 2–3
Jumpers, 7–4
cable-specific, A–6
DIP switch settings, 2–7
M factory defaults, 1–4
PAL-M, A–4
MONITOR output, 2–3 selection, 2–5
VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual Index–1

Index
waveform diagrams, 3–12
Index–2 VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Instruction Manual: Warning

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Instruction Manual: Warning

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Instruction Manual: Warning

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Instruction Manual

Printed in the U.S.A.

Tektronix, Inc., P.O. Box 1000, Wilsonville, OR 97070–1000

TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.

THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR

Service Assurance Advantages

For Information and Ordering

General Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual i

Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–7

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

ii VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Figure 1–1: A setup for the functional check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–3

Figure 2–1: The front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

Figure 3–1: 0% Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–12

Figure 4–1: Inductor and switching transistor switching functions . . 4–8

Figure 5–1: VITS selection DIP switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual iii

Figure 5–9: Connecting the RF bridge to the spectrum

Figure 6–1: Adjustments and test points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4

Figure 9–1: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671–2132–05 & Up) . . . . . . . . . 9–1

Figure 10–1: Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–6

Figure A–1: Option 1J Red Field signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–2

iv VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Table 1–1: Factory VITS, Standard and Option 1M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4

Table 2–1: Standard Factory-Programmed Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5

Table 3–1: Program channel characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1

Table 5–1: Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2

Table 6–1: Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual v

Table 7–1: Mode Selection Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–5

Table 9–1: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–05 & Up . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–2

Table A–1: Option 1J Red Field Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–2

vi VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual vii

WARNING. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result

CAUTION. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in

Terms on the Product. These terms may appear on the product:

CAUTION WARNING Double Protective Ground Not suitable for

viii VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual ix

x VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

VITS Inserter Functions

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual 1–1

Accessories and Options

1–2 VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Functional Check and Installation

Waveform Monitor 75W

Program In Program Out

Test Signal Output

Figure 1–1: A setup for the functional check

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual 1–3

Table 1–1: Factory VITS, Standard and Option 1M

Field Line Signal

Table 1–2: Factory VITS, Option 1J

Field Line Signal

Table 1–3: Factory VITS, Option 2

Field Line Signal